student handbook

Transcription

student handbook
GMU
STUDENT
HANDBOOK
A Y 2013 - 2014
COLLEGE OF ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES
BPT- BACHELOR OF PHYSIOTHERAPY
www.gmu.ac.ae
C O N T E N TS
Introduction
8
GMU Vision & Mission Statement
9
From the President’s Desk
10
Message from the Provost
11
Message from the Dean, College of Medicine
12
About the Student Handbook
13
1.0
Academic Calendar
15
2.0
University Divisions & Academic Programs
18
3.0
License & Recognition
20
4.0
The Campus
22
5.0
Location Map
24
6.0
Undergraduate Admission Policies & Procedures
26
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
Policy Statement
Undergraduate Admission Requirements
Admission Process
Documents Required for Admission
Transfer Admissions Policy and Procedures
Transfer within GMU
Re-admission
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
3|P a g e
7.0
Student Services
7.1
Office of Student Affairs
7.2
Counseling Services
7.2.1 Student Counseling Policy
7.2.2 Academic Counseling Policy
7.2.3 Personal Counseling
7.2.4 Student Activities Policy
7.3
GMU Undergraduate Student Council
7.3.1 Student Council Executive Board
7.3.2 Student Publications
7.3.3 Student Behavior
7.4
Student Academic Services
7.4.1 The Dean’s Office
7.4.2 Office of Student Affairs
7.4.3 Career Service Office
7.4.3.1 Career Service Policy
7.4.4 Financial Aid Office
7.5
Health Services
7.5.1 Health Services Policy
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
7.10
7.11
7.12
7.13
7.14
Third Party Liability (TPL) Insurance
Student Records Policy
Information Release Policy
Plagiarism and Copyright Policy
Dress Code
Dining Services
Recreational Facilities
Student Support Services
GMU Physical Facilities
7.14.1 Lecture Halls
7.14.2 GMU Testing Center
7.14.3 Common Rooms & Lockers
7.14.4 Masjid
7.14.5 Mail Box
7.14.6 GMU Hostel
7.15
7.16
7.17
7.18
7.19
7.20
7.21
Transportation
Telephone
Classroom & Laboratory Protocol
Student Identification
University Entrance
Car Parking in the Campus
Information on Safety Issues
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
32
4|P a g e
8.0
9.0
Students’ Rights & Responsibilities
58
8.1
Student Rights
8.1.1 Rights in the Pursuit of Education
8.1.2 Right to access Records and Facilities
8.1.3 Right to Freedom of Association, Expression, Advocacy & Publication
8.1.4 Right to contribute to University Governance and Curriculum
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
Students’ Responsibilities
GMU Honor Code
Salient Features of the Honor Code
Breach of Honor Code
Effects of Committing an ‘Honor Offence’
University Resources and Services
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
Introduction
Vision
Mission
Library
9.4.1 Timings
9.4.2 Library Resources
9.4.3 Library Orientation
9.4.4 Audio Visuals
9.4.5 Scanning and Printing
9.4.6 Photocopy
9.4.7 Journal Article Request Service
9.4.8 Cataloguing
9.4.9 Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)
9.4.10 Security Gates
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
9.10
9.11
9.12
9.13
9.14
9.15
9.16
9.17
9.18
Library Policy and Procedures
Library Rules & Regulations
Circulation Policy and Procedures
Multimedia Labs
Network Infrastructure
Wi-Fi Network
Online Resources
Servers & Supports
IT Training
Internet Services
Technology Support for Learning
IT Support Team
User accesses and Security
E-Learning at GMU
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
62
5|P a ge
10.0
GMC Hospital & Research Center (GMCH & RC)
10.1
10.2
10.3
11.0
75
Student Finance Policy
Tuition Fees
Hostel Fees
Utilities Service Fees
Registration Fees
Examination Fees
Visa Charges
Caution Deposit
Fees for Other Services
Transportation Fees
Payment of Fees
Late Fees and Fines
Financial Aid and Scholarships
Refund of Fees
Revision of Tuition and Other Fees
Academic Policies
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
13.0
Vision
Mission
Clinical Departments & Services
10.3.1 Do’s
10.3.2 Don’ts
10.3.3 Violation Warning
Student Finance
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.6
11.7
11.8
11.9
11.10
11.11
11.12
11.13
11.14
11.15
12.0
71
80
Program Completion Policy
Academic Progress Policy
Grading, Assessment and Progression Policy
Online Examination (Exam Soft)
Misconduct & Disciplinary Procedures
85
13.1
Student Misconduct & Disciplinary Procedures
13.1.1 Academic Misconduct
13.1.2 Personal Misconduct
13.1.2.1 Personal Misconduct on University Premises
13.1.2.2 Personal Misconduct Outside University Premises
13.2
Student’s Rights and Responsibilities
13.2.1 Student Rights and Responsibilities Policy
13.2.2 Rights in the Pursuit of Education
13.2.3 Right to Access Records and Facilities
13.2.4 Right to Freedom of Association, Expression, Advocacy & Publication
13.2.5 Right to Contribute to University Governance and Curriculum
13.2.6 Student’s Responsibilities
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
6|P a ge
14.0
College of Allied Health Sciences
14.1
14.2
14.3
14.4
14.5
14.6
14.7
14.8
95
Program Vision
Program Mission
Philosophy of the Program
Goals and Objectives
Program Organizational Chart
Core Curriculum
Course Specifications
Mandatory Internship Project Guidelines
15.0
Oath of a Physical Therapist
210
16.0
Weekly Teaching Schedule
211
17.0
Course Completion Requirements
215
18.0
Examination Regulations – BPT Program
216
19.0
Dean’s List of Toppers
219
20.0 Administrators & Faculty
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
225
7|P a ge
Introduction
BPT Student handbook is meant to provide information and guidelines on the various services
and BPT program offered by College of Allied Health Sciences (CoAHS) at GMU. It contains
sections covering admission procedure, general rules and regulations, student support services,
curriculum details, departments and examination policies. Each section has been listed in the
contents so that you can refer quickly to areas of particular interest to you. Please note that
attendance in various courses arranged by the college is mandatory and this has been
repeatedly stressed in the handbook. Every effort has been made to provide accurate and up to
date information. Additional information useful to students will be regularly displayed on the
college notice board. Students are also advised to get in touch with course coordinators for any
academic difficulties.
We hope that the handbook will help and guide you during the new academic year at CoAHS.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
8|P a ge
GMU Vision Statement
The Vision of Gulf Medical University is to be a leading contributor to the continuous
improvement of the nation’s health care delivery system through the pursuit of excellence
in medical education, biomedical research and health care services.
The University aspires to provide a unique learning experience of high quality to our
students and produce graduates whose competence will help them to make a significant
contribution to the health of the community through pursuit of academia, research and
health care.
The University aspires to attract the best of students by offering a variety of excellent
programs supported by quality administration and student support services.
The University aspires to be known for excellence and impact of its research on the
educational milieu of the nation and the outcomes of clinical care.
The University aspires to be an integral part of the community through transfer of
knowledge, continuous dialogue with the country’s health care planners and enhanced
community service
GMU Mission Statement
It is the Mission of the Gulf Medical University to strengthen and promote excellence in
medical education, biomedical research and patient care.
GMU is committed to prepare a highly skilled health workforce made up of health care
professionals, health management and support workers and health science investigators in
order to meet the health care needs of the nation and the region.
GMU will strive to produce health care professionals who will integrate the advances in
research with the best clinical practices.
GMU will promote health services, which incorporate the latest advances in scientific
knowledge in a manner that supports education and research for the benefit of the
community.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
9|P a g e
From the President’s Desk
Dear Students,
It gives me great pleasure to welcome you to the portals of Gulf Medical University where
we are entering into an exciting new era! You are beginning a new chapter in your life here
at Gulf Medical University. It will be a challenging yet exciting and illuminating journey for
you.
I am grateful to the Almighty Allah for the remarkable development the Gulf Medical
University has undergone in the last 15 years, where the University has been able to make its
mark in Medical Education, Healthcare and Research. We aspire to be among the best in the
region, and we're making it happen right now. We have embarked on a journey of making
GMU as a Research Based University in the coming years.
Our students coming in from 67 nations around the world thrive in our culture of dynamism
and innovation. We are proud of our traditions, our current standing and our vision for the
future. GMU students come from every corner of the world to invest in education that
inspires challenges and prepares them to be globally competitive. Eventually they discover a
world of opportunities to explore new possibilities, new ideas and new perspectives to
prepare them for life in their chosen career paths. Our students find in GMU a rich, vibrant,
innovative, and enriching academic experience.
The newly launched Center for Advanced Biomedical Research and Innovation (CABRI) has
been established to evolve, integrate, and develop multi-disciplinary research and enhance
the teaching activities of the university. It will also provide advanced diagnostic research and
testing services in the areas of Allergies, Diabetes, Cardiovascular Disease and Hereditary
diseases. Newer fields like Proteomics, Metabolomics and Genomics will be explored.
The Center for Quality Enhancement (CQE) has been established as a central facility to
enhance Quality within the University, the hospitals and laboratories of the group.
The GMC Hospitals one among the Clinical Training sites for the students of the Gulf Medical
University is now expanding rapidly with new hospitals in Dubai, Ajman, Sharjah and Ras Al
Khaimah being added to enhance the clinical training facilities to students of Gulf Medical
University. The latest expansions include the 25,000 sqft modern simulation center to be
made available for clinical training in the forthcoming academic year.
I invite you to join us in this exciting journey into a bright future with a University that is
talented, dedicated, and caring. We wish you a happy and fruitful time during your study in
the Gulf Medical University.
Thumbay Moideen
Founder President - GMU Board of Governors
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
10 | P a g e
Welcome Note from the Provost
Dear Students,
On behalf of the President, the faculty, administration and the student body, I am delighted
to welcome you to the Gulf Medical University also known as GMU!
The university learning community will now be made up of students working to become
practicing physicians, pharmacists, dentists and physical therapists, a multi professional
group very much like the multi professional healthcare delivery teams of the 21stCentury.
We hope at GMU as you “Study together today to work together tomorrow” you will share
the large pool of knowledge and experience that is available in the different health related
disciplines with each other and grow to respect the contribution made by each health
profession to provide comprehensive health care to the community you will together serve
in the future.
Members of the faculty, as well as students and staff have help build this institution that is
attracting regional, national and international attention. With a faculty committed to
maintaining strong academic standards for our students and ourselves and the commitment
of the administration and staff in every aspect of our mission and your contribution as a
member of the university community we will together realize the potential to deliver the
vision of GMU.
The leadership of the faculty and staff at GMU is engaged in efforts to strengthen teaching,
learning, research and creativity both at the undergraduate and graduate levels. GMU’s
mission is focused on assuring the quality of its programs to the university student
population. With the establishment of the Center for Advanced Biomedical Research and
Innovation (CABRI), active research combined with public service shall further strengthen
opportunities for learning.
As you become familiar with the campus, your mentors and your peers you will surely be
impressed with the multifaceted and rich academic environment. We are confident that your
contributions to the lives of fellow students, your chosen career field and the university will
be marked by excellence. Welcome.
Prof. Gita Ashok Raj MD; MNAMS
Provost Gulf Medical University
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
11 | P a g e
Message from the Associate Dean, CoAHS
Dear Students,
Welcome to the Physical Therapy Program at CoAHS, GMU. Gulf Medical University is
emerging as the leading center in the Middle East for educating professionals in a broad
array of healthcare fields. The College of Allied Health Sciences works under the broader
umbrella of GMU and is committed to strive for moulding the Physical Therapists of
tomorrow - who are knowledgeable, competent and ethical clinicians - sensitive to the
cultural and social service needs of the society. We hope to accomplish this goal by
providing a dynamic and challenging curriculum, focusing on our students by blending the
best of both traditional and modern pedagogical methods: large group lectures, small group
discussions, case-based learning and computerized instruction. The BPT curriculum has been
revised to keep up to the expanding knowledge base of Physical Therapy. We have also
given top priority for one-to-one clinical teaching at our clinical education facilities. To
enhance the clinical skills along with class room teaching, students will be posted at various
centers throughout the duration of study. Various instructional strategies and technologies
will be used to teach you about career opportunities and their associated roles and new
responsibilities, legal and ethical issues, patient diversity, anatomy and physiology, injury
mechanisms, disorders requiring physical therapy, aspects of rehabilitation, safety concerns
and patient documentation.
You are dedicated to improving the ability of an individual to function successfully regardless
of the reason for disability: disease or trauma, developmental or acquired, acute in nature or
chronic also contributes significantly to the development of standards of practice in Physical
Therapy. The profession of Physical Therapy has grown by leaps and bounds in a short span
of time. Physical therapists are readily employed all over the world since they offer a variety
of clinical knowledge and expertise, adding to the diversity of the professional community.
You will be entering a competitive program and there may be times when the academic
climate becomes quite stressful, I hope that you will take it as a challenge and soar ahead of
stumbling blocks to be a competent Physical Therapist. Throughout your academic period at
CoAHS, GMU the faculty members will be available to guide and assist you in your
preparation for a challenging future ahead.
With profound warm wishes we invite you to become a part of our exciting and dynamic
college.
Praveen Kumar. K
Associate Dean, College of Allied Health Sciences
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
12 | P a g e
About The Student Handbook
This handbook is a source of important information regarding Gulf Medical University
(GMU) policies, regulations, rules, procedures and facilities which will be very useful to
students during their studies. The material contained herein is a supplement to the Catalog
and other information distributed to the students by GMU.
Every effort has been made to provide students with complete and accurate information.
The University reserves the right to change program and requirements and to modify,
amend or revoke any rule/s, regulation/s and / or financial schedules. However, the
information published in this handbook shall be valid for the academic year for which it is
published.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
13 | P a g e
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
14 | P a g e
1.0 Academic Calendar
2013
Day
Jul 31
Wed
Aug 1 - 31
All days
Aug 15
Thu
Events
Last day for application for admission
Registration period
Last day for payment of tuition and other fees for all returning
students**
FALL SEMESTER
Sep 4
Wed
Fall Semester begin
I Year BPT students and Parents welcome session
Sep 8
Sun
Reopening for returning II, III & Final Year BPT students
Sep 26
Thu
White Coat Ceremony
Oct 13 – 17
Sun - Thu
*Eid Al Adha Holiday
Nov 4
Mon
*Islamic New Year Holiday
Nov 5 & 6
Tue & Wed GMU Annual Scientific Meeting
Dec 2
Mon
Dec 22 – Jan 2
Sun – Thu
National Day Holiday
Fall Semester Break for the I, II, III & Final Year BPT students
2014
Jan 1
Wed
Jan 5
Sun
New Year Holiday
Classes resume after Fall Semester Break
II Year BPT - 1st Sessional Examination begins
Jan 6
Mon
Jan 13
Mon
Feb 2
Sun
Feb 13
Thu
I Year BPT - 1st Sessional Examination begins
*Al Moulid Al Nabawi Holiday
Final Year BPT – 3rd Sessional Examination begins (2010 Batch)
Final Year BPT – 1st Sessional Examination begins (2011 Batch)
I Year BPT Professional Supplementary Examination begins
II Year BPT Professional Supplementary Examination begins
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
15 | P a g e
Spring Semester
Feb 23
Sun
Spring Semester begins
Mar 2
Sun
Final Year BPT Professional Examination begins
Mar 20
Thu
Annual Sports Day
Mar 21
Fri
GMU Global Day
Mar 22
Sat
GMU Literary Day
Mar 30 –
Apr 10
Sun Thu
May 26
Mon
*Israa Al Mihraj Holiday
May 29
Thu
II Year BPT – 2nd Sessional Examination begins
Jun 10
Tue
I Year BPT – 2nd Sessional Examination begins
Jun 26
Thu
II Year BPT Professional Examination begins
Jun 28
Sat
Jun 29
Sun
Final Year BPT Professional Supplementary Examination begins
Jul 6
Sun
Final Year BPT – 2nd Sessional Examination begins
Jul 8
Tue
I Year BPT Professional Examination begins
Spring Semester Break for the I, II, III & Final Year BPT students
*Holy month of Ramadan Starts
July 27 –
Eid Al Fitr Holidays and Summer Vacation
Aug 31
* Islamic holidays are determined after sighting the moon. Thus actual dates of holidays
may not coincide with the dates in this calendar.
**All tuition and other fees are subject to revision by Gulf Medical University’s Board of
Governors in accordance with University requirements. Every year, fees are reviewed and
subject to revision. As and when fees are revised, the new fees will be applicable to all
enrolled and new students. The amount shown in this document represent fees as
currently approved.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
16 | P a g e
UNIVERSITY DIVISIONS &
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
17 | P a g e
2.0 University Divisions and Academic Programs
The University has six academic divisions offering following degree and non-degree
programs.
College of Medicine (CoM)

Bachelor of Medicine & Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS) Program
College of Pharmacy (CoP)

Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD) Program
College of Dentistry (CoD)

Doctor of Dental Medicine (DMD) Program
College of Allied Health Sciences (CoAHS)

Bachelor of Physiotherapy (BPT) Program
College of Graduate Studies (CoGS)






Master of Science in Clinical Pathology (MS CP)
Master in Public Health (MPH)
Master in Toxicology (MTox)
Diploma in Toxicology (DipTox)
Masters in Human Reproductive Biology (MHRB)
Master of Physical Therapy (MPT)
Center for Continuing Education and Community Outreach (CCE & CO)

Non degree programs
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
18 | P a g e
LICENSE & RECOGNITION
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
19 | P a g e
3.0 License & Recognition
The following programs have received Initial Accreditation from the Commission for
Academic Accreditation, Ministry of Higher Education & Scientific Research (CAA MOHE &
SR), Abu Dhabi – UAE.
Month &Year of Initial
Accreditation
Program
Bachelor of Medicine & Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS)
September 2004
Bachelor of Physiotherapy (BPT)
June 2005
Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm D)
August 2008
Doctor of Dental Medicine (DMD)
September 2008
Master of Science in Clinical Pathology (MS CP)
January 2009
Master in Public Health (MPH)
July 2010
Master in Toxicology (MTox)
July 2010
Diploma in Toxicology (Dip Tox)
July 2010
Masters in Human Reproductive Biology (MHRB)
December 2012
Master of Physical Therapy (MPT)
May 2013
Gulf Medical University is listed in the WHO World Directory of Medical Schools and in
the
Eastern
Mediterranean
Regional
Office
(EMRO),
WHO
website.
http://www.emro.who.int/hped/
Gulf Medical College is listed as an accredited/recognized medical school in the
International Medical Education Directory (IMED) published by Foundation of
Advancement of International Medical Education and Research (FAIMER) at the website
http://imed.ecfmg.org/
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
20 | P a g e
THE CAMPUS
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
21 | P a g e
4.0 The Campus
The Gulf Medical University is located in the Al Jarf area in the northern emirate of Ajman
on a vast stretch of land extending up to a 100,000 sq.mtrs and a built area of 1,90,000
sq.ft. It has laboratories, classrooms and administration buildings, a standalone building
that houses the library and the modern multimedia centers, a cafeteria, multi-cuisine
restaurant and a sports complex with courts for lawn tennis, basketball, volley ball and lush
green grounds for cricket and football and the vacant grounds have been earmarked for
the future multispecialty hospital, the residence halls for students and living quarters for
the staff and faculty.
The Gulf Medical College Hospital and Research Center is located a few miles away on the
side of a main arterial road entering Ajman from the neighboring emirate of Sharjah and
currently serves as the teaching hospital for GMU. The affiliated hospitals are located in the
different emirates: Mafraq Hospital in Abu Dhabi (HAAD), Sheikh Khalifa Hospital in Ajman,
Umm Al Quwain Hospital in UAQ and Ajman Municipality Public Health Clinic.
The GMU Campus includes modern facilities with classrooms, laboratories and learning
center that are appropriately equipped with up-to-date instructional and educational aids.
GMU encourages social, cultural and other extra-curricular activities and sports to enhance
a comprehensive personality development. The spacious campus spotted with greenery
contains student rest rooms, prayer halls, indoor and outdoor sports facilities, first aid
clinic, and student car parking. The facilities are well connected with each other making it
easy for students to move from one area to another.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
22 | P a g e
LOCATION MAP
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
23 | P a g e
5.0 Location Map
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
24 | P a g e
UNDERGRADUATE
ADMISSION
POLICIES & PROCEDURES
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
25 | P a g e
6.0 Undergraduate Admission Policies & Procedures
6.1 Policy Statement
Gulf Medical University admits students irrespective of their national origin, color, gender or
religion to all the rights, privileges, activities and programs offered by the university.
The University stands for the highest moral and academic standards consistent with the
heritage and cultural background of the United Arab Emirates and shall aspire for national
and international recognition of its programs and degrees.
The University sets high standards for previous academic performance to attract student of
high caliber and to meet and exceed the standards of high retention, low attrition and
outstanding academic performance required to fulfill the accreditation standards for every
program offered by the University.
6.2 Undergraduate Admission Requirements

Applicants shall meet all criteria for admission into each programs offered by the
University as laid down in the Standards published by the Commission for Academic
Accreditation, Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research, UAE.

The applicant must have completed a minimum of 12 years of education in school and
passed subjects in Physics, Chemistry and Biology in higher secondary school.

The applicant must have secured a minimum of 80% marks as per U.A.E. Secondary
School education standards or its equivalent in each of the three science subjects
(Physics, Chemistry, Biology)

Students who complete their secondary school education as per UK curriculum must
have completed at least two of the three science subjects (Physics, Chemistry,
Biology) in ‘AS’ levels or ‘A’ levels provided they have passed in all the three subjects
in their ‘O’ levels. The minimum grade required is B/C in AS/A level in Chemistry,
Biology or Physics.

A score of at least 28 of IB (International Baccalaureate) and for holders of American
Diploma a minimum score of 80% is required in addition to a SAT II score of at least
550 in Biology.

An aggregate score of 75% for Pakistan Board, 80% for Indian State Board and 75% for
Indian Central Board while the minimum score of 70% in each subject of Biology,
Physics and Chemistry is required.

The applicant must have completed 17 years of age on or before the 31st of
December of the year of admission.

The applicant must have proficiency in spoken and written English and Science
terminology.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
26 | P a g e

The applicant must have passed the English language proficiency test such as TOEFL
or IELTS. A minimum score of 500 TOEFL (173 CBT, 61 iBT) or its equivalent in a
standardized English language test, such as 5.0 for IELTS or any other equivalent
internationally recognized test.

The applicant shall appear for a written MCQ test and a personal interview before the
GMU Admissions Committee.

The Admissions Committee shall evaluate all applicants for both cognitive and noncognitive traits demonstrating their aptitude for the chosen area of study.

Applicants shall submit all academic documents and official transcripts / credits /
grades / marks duly attested by the Ministry of Education, U.A.E. and Ministry of
Foreign Affairs, U.A.E. or U.A.E. Embassy in their country on admission into the
program.

Applicant shall submit a copy of the Equivalency Certificate issued by the Ministry of
Education – U.A.E.

Applicant shall submit a copy of the Emirates ID.

Students of Indian nationality are required to obtain an “Eligibility Certificate” from
the Medical Council of India / Dental Council of India, New Delhi before they seek
admission into the MBBS / DMD program.

On admission, the student shall submit a copy of the individual’s birth certificate or
proof of age, the applicant’s passport, and a copy of UAE nationality ID (Khulasat AlKayd), a Certificate of Good Conduct. A medical fitness certificate including blood
test results, fifteen recent colour photographs, a written pledge by the applicant
agreeing to comply with University rules and regulations, the application form duly
filled up with complete details, a receipt for payment of a non-refundable fee
towards admission.
All information regarding admissions shall appear in the Catalog, Institutional website and in
any other forms of advertisement circulated by the University.
6.3 Admission Process
This is carried out in several stages:
1) Advertisement in the media: Information in the media will include details of the
programs, colleges of the university, admissions criteria and online registration form.
2) Scrutiny of information: The Admissions Committee scrutinizes the credentials of the
applicant with reference to the high school education: courses, grades in the qualifying
examinations and the overall suitability of the applicant for admission into the program.
The committee would also inform the applicant regarding the need for any additional
documents that may be required.
3) Short listing: Applicants whose credentials have been accepted as adequate by the
Admissions Committee are informed about the date and time for a personal interview
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
27 | P a g e
that would be conducted in Gulf Medical University, Ajman. GMU will provide necessary
help concerning visa arrangements for students from outside UAE.
4) Personal Interview: The Admissions Committee of GMU will conduct the personal
interview. The committee follows a protocol for the interview that will last
approximately 45 minutes. The conversation during the interview will be in English. This
will be in an informal atmosphere and the applicant will be given ample opportunity to
respond to the questions in a relaxed manner. After the personal interview, the
Admissions Committee will submit its recommendations to the Provost concerning the
suitability of the candidate for admission.
5) Provost Approval: The Provost of GMU will finalize admissions after studying the
recommendations of the Admissions Committee. The decision of the Provost on matters
concerning admissions shall be final.
6) Academic Advising: GMU is committed to provide academic advising in order to advise
students in the development and pursuit of academic objectives consistent with their life
goals and the available opportunities at the university.
7) Medical Fitness: Students admitted to GMU are required to submit a Medical Fitness
certificate soon after they have registered on the University rolls. The Medical
Examination in this connection will be carried out in GMC Hospital & Research Center,
Ajman.
8) Enrollment: Candidates who are finally selected for admission are required (within the
time announced on the notification of selection) to submit a letter of acceptance to the
Provost, along with the fee in cash or by demand draft in favor of Gulf Medical
University, Ajman payable at Ajman, U.A.E. Failure to comply with this requirement will
result in cancellation of the admission.
6.4Documents Required for Admission:







Application form with all entries completed
Attested copy of High School Mark Sheet
Certificate of English language proficiency test
True copy of applicant's passport
Fifteen recent passport-size photographs
Emirates ID copy
Equivalency certificate issued by the Ministry of Education, UAE
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
28 | P a g e
6.5 Transfer Admissions Policy and Procedures:
Students shall be considered for transfer only as per the following Transfer Admissions
Policy of the University:












Only students from a federal or licensed institution in the U.A.E. or a recognized
Foreign Institution of higher learning shall be eligible for admission by transfer.
All transfer students shall meet the English Language proficiency requirements of the
program to which they are transferred.
All transfer students shall submit official transcripts before admission to the Program in
which they are transferred.
All transfer students shall submit official transcripts of credit earned from all institutions
of higher education previously attended before admission to undergraduate programs.
Only students who are in good academic standing (a minimum cumulative grade point
average of 2.0 on a 4.0. scale, or equivalent) for transfer to an undergraduate program
of study similar to that from which the student is transferring shall be accepted for
admission.
Students who are not in good standing shall be transferred only to a program in a field
different from the one from which the student is transferring.
The University shall transfer undergraduate program credits only for courses relevant to
the degree that provide equivalent learning outcomes and in which the student earned a
grade of B (2.0 on a 4.0 scale) or better;
The University shall inform applicants for transfer admissions or re-admission of the
transfer credits earned for previous courses.
The University shall limit transferred credit hours to less than 50% of the total credit
hours required for the program.
The University shall not grant credit twice for substantially the same course taken at two
different institutions.
The University shall allow the transfer of credits for clinical training only when done in
the U.A.E.; in exceptional circumstances, in which case waiver of this condition shall be
sought from the CAA, MoHESR before admission.
On admission, the student shall submit a copy of the individual’s birth certificate or proof
of age, the applicant’s passport and a copy of UAE nationality ID (Khulasat Al-Kayd), a
Certificate of Good Conduct, a medical fitness certificate including blood test results, six
recent color photographs, a written pledge by the applicant to comply with University
rules and regulations, the application form duly filled up with complete details and a
receipt for payment of a non-refundable fee towards admission.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
29 | P a g e
6.6 Transfer within GMU
The students' wishes are taken into consideration when applying to the programs of Gulf
Medical University. However, they will be allowed to transfer to other programs available in
the university according to established rules based on the recommendations of the
Admissions Committee.
6.7 Re-admission
Students who are on leave for a period of one year must apply for re-admission to the
program through the Admissions Office.

Students in Good Standing: Students who are absent on approved leaves must apply
for re-admission before they will be permitted to register for the semester.
 Students Suspended for misconduct: Students who have been rusticated from the
university and under probation must apply for readmission and may be readmitted
after serving the suspension period.
Students on academic probation: Students who fail to meet the minimum GPA requirement
but have satisfied other requirements may be allowed to register as a non-matriculate
student for a probationary period. Non matriculated students who achieve a minimum GPA
of 2.0 can be readmitted, provided they meet all the other requirements.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
30 | P a g e
STUDENT SERVICES
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
31 | P a g e
7.0. Student Services
7.1 Office of Student Affairs
The Office of Student Affairs supports and complements the mission of the University and
its academic programs by creating a comfortable, safe and secure environment that
contributes to the success of the students’ educational mission and personal growth. It
helps to involve students in the university community by providing appropriate student
organizations, activities, publications and opportunities for interaction with faculty, staff and
peers outside the classroom.
7.2 Counseling Services
7.2.1 Student Counseling Policy
All counseling sessions are conducted with the utmost regard to confidentiality and all
records kept by Counselor are treated as confidential.
Information shared with a counselor is not released to anyone outside the Counseling
Services office. Information may be released under the following exceptions, if,

the student gives written permission to disclose information (In that instance, the
student determines what information is to be released and to whom.) or
 A student presents a danger to himself / herself or to another person.
Students meeting with a counselor shall be encouraged to discuss any concerns that they
have about confidentiality.
7.2.2 Academic Counseling Policy
Student advising is part of the academic duties of every faculty member. The Dean or Chair
of the Academic Unit assigns advisors so that the number of advisees per faculty member is
as small as possible.
Each student shall have an appointed full-time faculty advisor. This does not preclude
informal advising with a student regarding progress in the courses being taught.
Student advising is not limited to registering students, but encompasses all aspects of
academic advising, including selection of electives, counseling on any academic difficulty/ ies
or problem encountered, and monitoring the academic progress of advisees.
An academic advising guide has been prepared by the Provost’s office and is distributed to
all academic advisors.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
32 | P a g e
Students receive notification of their faculty advisor and a listing of all students and advisors
is available in the Academic Advising Center (AAC). Prior to actual course registration,
faculty are available to advisees during their scheduled office hours to discuss academic
programs and issues related to vocational, career and educational goals. A record is kept of
the advisory meetings. Faculty advisors assigned to the Office of Advising, Assessment and
Counseling Center shall coordinate further referrals.
Adjunct faculty is not to be responsible for the academic advisement of their students.
7.2.3 Personal Counseling
Professional counseling is available for personal problems (i.e., financial, career, home,
health) especially if you have;







Physical complaints when no medical causes can be found.
Excessive anxiety for examinations / accommodation / or home sickness.
Lack of interest in daily activities.
An unusual amount of irritability or fear to mingle with friends.
Not been able to cope with studies.
Inability to concentrate.
Personality changes that can’t be explained such as sudden shifts in mood / behavior.
Referrals are made to the office of Admission & Registers regarding regulations concerning
questions of transfer; to the Accounts Office regarding financial aid issues; to the Career
Counselor’s Office regarding career or job placement issues; by the Dean Student Affairs
who attends to all student activities, discipline issues, university policy etc.
7.2.4 Student Activities Policy
The Office of Student Affairs offer comprehensive programs and services that foster an
educational environment conducive to the overall development of students.
The Office of the Dean of Student Affairs oversees all departments catering to various
student services and serves as an advocate for students in the development of University
policy. The Office is also responsible for administering the University code of conduct
(judicial policies).
Information on specific programs and services particularly athletic, cultural and literary like
GMU Global day celebrations, intercollegiate Sports meet, debates, presentations at
scientific meetings, health exhibitions shall be published in the Student handbook,
University Catalog and displayed prominently on Student Notice Boards, the University
Website and MYGMU e-platform to encourage participation by all students in these events.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
33 | P a g e
7.3 GMU Undergraduate Student Council
The GMU student council comprises of representatives elected from the various academic
programs.
GMU Student Council shall have representation in faculty committees such as Academic
Council, College Council, Student Affairs Committee, Curriculum Development Committee,
Library Council, Sports, Culture & Literary Committee, Campus Health, Campus Safety and
Security Committee.
The student council comprises of class representatives. Each class will elect student
representatives who would coordinate the curricular and extracurricular activities of the
class.
Each class will elect two representatives comprising one male and one female.
The class representatives will be elected following an approved election procedure and the
procedure consists of the following stages:
 Nominations of the candidates are submitted to the Dean / Associate Dean of Student
Affairs.
 The Dean / Associate Dean of Student Affairs will supervise the voting and declare the
results of the election.
 The names of the elected class representatives will be announced to the University.
 Elected student representatives will be invited to the Office of the Dean / Associate
Dean of Student Affairs where they will sign a formal document accepting their duties
and responsibilities as elected members of the student council.
 The elected representatives from the student council will represent in different
committees.
 The University reserves the right to remove student representatives from their office
on disciplinary grounds and/or inadequate performance.
Duties and Responsibilities of Student Representatives
1. To interact with other students in the class and collect data on matters pertaining
to the teaching program, examinations and student welfare measures.
2. To bring to the notice of the faculty, Associate Dean or the Dean any matter/s
relating to student activities, which require modification/s or corrective measures.
3. To attend meetings of Student Council with the Associate Deans and the Dean at
regular intervals. The members of the Student Council are expected to come
prepared with the agenda for such meetings so that all relevant points can be
discussed in an orderly manner.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
34 | P a g e
4. To identify any personal problem of the students which require immediate or
urgent intervention and brings it to the notice of the faculty, Associate Deans or the
Dean.
5. To recommend effective measures relating to student activities (academics,
discipline and welfare).
6. To act as a healthy and reliable link between the students on one hand and the
members of faculty and administration on the other.
7.3.1 Student Council Executive Board
Elected representatives from the Student Council form the Student Council Executive
Board comprising one student from each program who will attend the respective college
council meetings called for by the Deans of the respective colleges.
The university reserves the right to remove any student representative from their elected
office on disciplinary grounds and / or inadequate performance.
Students indulging in Academic or Personal misconduct will not be allowed to be elected
for Class Representative or Member of Student Council Executive Board; and those holding
these posts already stand to be disqualified.
7.3.2 Student Publications
Students write, edit and publish a newsletter (Previously ‘GMU Pulse’, under name change
at present), which is an essential feature that chronicles student life at GMU. The students’
newsletter expresses their sense of commitment and degree of cooperation as well as their
awareness of the educational and social issues that affect life in the GMU. The newsletter
reflects the make-up of the GMU and it appears in two languages - Arabic and English.
7.3.3 Student Behavior


All students are expected to maintain decorum and decency in conducting themselves
in the Campus.
Men and women students should not be seen together anywhere in the campus
including the central hall, corridors, learning center or cafeteria. Members of faculty
have been requested to be on the vigil about this and have been authorized to censure
any student violating this regulation.
7.4 Student Academic Services
7.4.1 The Dean’s Office
The Office of the Dean oversees all departments catering to various student academic
services.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
35 | P a g e
7.4.2 Office of Student Affairs
Office of Student Affairs coordinates all matters concerning student council, student
welfare, career guidance, alumni affairs, student health, placement, student discipline,
residential halls, transportation, student publication, student activities and sports. Student
may approach the Associate Dean Student Affairs to resolve issues regarding student
affairs and student support services.
7.4.3 Career Service Office
The University has a full time Career Counselor.
7.4.3.1 Career Service Policy
The Career Counselor shall be available at all hours on all working days throughout the year;
Students are encouraged to meet the Career Counselor and discuss their career plans.
All students are encouraged to avail of clinical training at sites available in the country and
abroad during the summer break.
The students are encouraged to seek help in preparing their curriculum vitae.
Students shall also be helped in filling application forms for taking various licensing
examinations being held in the country and abroad.
The career counselor collects and disseminates information about the various hospitals,
institutions and universities offering internship and residency programs in the country and
abroad.
The career counselor shall encourage graduates to keep in touch with the alma mater
through the University’s website, correspondence and telephone.
The Career Counselor maintains a register of GMU Alumni. The Career Office also keeps a
record of employment of all Alumni and seeks evaluation of the GMU graduate as an
employee.
The Career Counselor shall submit reports periodically to update the Alumni records in the
Center for Quality Enhancement (CQE).
7.4.4 Financial Aid Office
Information on financial aid may be obtained from the Chief Accounts Officer of the Gulf
Medical University.
Refer to Section 11.13 under Financial Aid and Scholarships in this document for further
details.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
36 | P a g e
7.5 Health Services
A First Aid Room is available in the GMU campus. All GMU students shall be eligible for
medical treatment in the GMCHRC.
7.5.1 Health Services Policy
In order to streamline the health care needs of GMU students, a Campus Medical Center
has been established. This will provide care in the following areas:
o First Aid Service at GMU
o Referral to GMC Hospital
o Coordination between GMU & GMC Hospital
The student Management System has been linked with that of the hospital for easy
identification of student for treatment.
As part of the registration procedures, every student must be covered for health services
under one of the two following plans. Plan – I is compulsory for all GMU sponsored
students. This provides medical benefits under the GMCHRC Health Card. Plan II is
compulsory for others who are officially enrolled in health insurance plans with their
families.
Students shall be required to present the Student ID as identification document on
registering for medical treatment.
The Office of the Academic Affairs at GMCHRC shall make arrangements for access to
health care facilities at the hospital and to encourage students to undergo vaccination.
It is compulsory for all GMU students to have a valid Third Party Liability (TPL) Insurance.
Students shall be informed regarding the benefits of immunization and testing for
communicable diseases and encouraged to undertake appropriate immunizations and
tests.
7.6 Third Party Liability (TPL) Insurance
As per the Ministry of Health (MoH) guidelines, all students undergoing clinical training at
various hospitals are required to have a valid Clinical Training – Third Party Liability
Insurance. This insurance cover is restricted to training hours only and / or whilst
participating in indoor and/or outdoor university activities under university’s expressed
authorization including transportation from and to training centre by university vehicles.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
37 | P a g e
7.7 Student Records Policy







The University shall maintain confidentiality of student records. The student records
shall be stored in safe custody and only authorized personnel shall have access to
them.
Transcripts shall be issued only upon the signed request of the parent or the student.
Under no circumstances shall the student records be released to any third party
without the knowledge of the student or the student’s parent.
All official records shall be signed by the Provost of the University whose signatures
only shall be recognized outside the bounds of GMU.
A progress report shall be sent regularly to the contact address to inform the
guardians about the ward’s progress.
The records policy shall be published in the student handbook for information. The
Office of the Dean Admissions & Registers shall maintain the student’s permanent
academic record and requests to view the individual’s record must be made to the
Office of the Dean Admissions & Registers.
The program office of academic program in which a student is enrolled also maintains
student files that are considered non-permanent. Students have the right to access
their program file except documents where access has been waived (e.g.
recommendation forms).
A student must submit an application to the Dean Admissions & Registers office to
obtain access to his/her program academic record.
The Dean Admissions & Registers Office shall ensure:






The continuous maintenance and back up of student records with one set stored in a
secure location, preferably off-site in a vault or fireproof cabinet.
Special security measures to protect and back up computer-generated and stored
records.
Confidentiality of records.
A definition of what constitutes the permanent record of each student; the right of
access to student records, including students’ access to their own records.
The authority to manage and update student records.
Appropriate retention and disposal of records.
7.8 Information Release Policy



The University shall neither deny nor effectively prevent current or former students
of the University the right to inspect and review their education records.
Students shall be granted access to their records within a reasonable period of time
after filing a request. Students have the right to request the amendment of their
education records to ensure that the records are not inaccurate, misleading or
otherwise in violation of their privacy or other rights.
The University shall not release or provide access to education records, except
“directory” information, without the written consent of the student to any individual,
agency or organization.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
38 | P a g e




The University is, however, authorized to provide access to student records to
Campus officials and employees who have legitimate educational interests in such
access. These persons are those who have responsibilities in connection with the
academic, administrative, or service functions of the university and who have reason
for using student records connected with their academic or other university
responsibilities. Disclosure may also be made to other persons, Ministry and
Government officials or organizations under certain conditions (e.g. as part of an
accreditation or program evaluation; in response to a court order, audit in connection
with financial aid; or to institutions to which the student is transferring).
The University shall designate the following items as “directory” information:
student name, addresses, telephone numbers, major field of study, participation in
officially recognized activities and sports, dates of attendance, degrees and awards
received, most recent previous school attended and photograph. The University may
disclose any of those items without prior written consent, unless notified in writing
on the form available from the Dean Admissions & Registers.
Confidentiality of information shall be highly respected at GMU. If students wish that
any of their education record shall be available to anyone, a consent form shall be
available in the Office Admissions and Registers. If there is no consent form,
information will not be disclosed except to the appropriate person(s) in connection
with an emergency, if the knowledge of such information is necessary to protect the
health or safety of the student or other persons.
Under no circumstances shall the student records be released to any third party
without the prior knowledge of the student or the student’s parent.
7.9 Plagiarism and Copyright Policy:
Plagiarism is defined as “a piece of writing that has been copied from someone else and is
presented as being your own work”. The student should cite the sources if they use
someone else’s ideas. If the student include copyrighted material in their thesis, they are
responsible for obtaining written permission from the copyright holder. The Gulf Medical
University takes no responsibility in this regard. To avoid plagiarism, student must mention
the sources properly using footnotes, endnotes or references, inclusion of illustrative
graphs, charts etc. which are copyrighted sources, permission letter should be included.
Copyright is legal protection of intellectual property. As thesis is legally classified as
publication and an intellectual property of the student, during the preparation of thesis, the
student should consider the copyright laws regarding the protection of original work.
Copyright ownership means that the student has the exclusive right to print, reprint, copy,
sell, and prepare derivative works based on their work.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
39 | P a g e
7.10 Dress Code
Professional Dress
Students should at all times maintain a neat and clean appearance, and dress in attire that is
appropriate. When students are functioning as medical / health professionals, either with
clinical patients or simulated patients, dress must be appropriate and professional. A
professional image increases credibility, patient’s trust, respect, and confidence. In addition,
because medical and health sciences students utilize facilities on campus where patients and
the public are present, professional dress and appearance are also expected even when
students are not engaged in patient care. In addition, most of the clinical facilities have
specific dress code policies that must also be followed. Furthermore, Photo I.D. badges are
to be worn at all times.
Violation of the dress code can have detrimental consequences for patient care and could
damage the reputation of the institution. Flagrant and repeated violations of the dress code
may be deemed to signify a lack of insight or maturity on the part of the individual student
and call for counseling and discipline. The immediate supervisor may choose to discuss initial
violations of the dress code directly with the student. Serious or repeated violations may be
subject to disciplinary action.







Students of GMU are expected to maintain decorum in their dress code in
accordance with the dignity of the medical profession and of the institution.
Traditional dresses are allowed for only U.A.E nationals.
Students must wear white coats with identity cards / badges on entering the campus
/ clinical sites and must wear the coats as long as they are inside the campus / clinical
sites. The white coat must be clean and well maintained and of acceptable quality.
The white coat must be worn fully buttoned.
The security and duty staff have the right to reject admission to any student into the
campus when not properly dressed or when not wearing the white coats.
White coats are to be worn only inside the college and hospital premises. Students
should not wear white coats in public places such as supermarkets.
Women students must take special care in avoiding skin tight and revealing dress.
They must have their hair properly tied up and must not keep the hair loose. All
women students must wear dress, which reaches down to the ankle level.
Students must wear dress that does not hinder practical or clinical work.
7.11 Dining Services
GMU provides modern dining services in the campus where meals are served at a
reasonable price. The dining facilities are provided at 3 locations in the campus and 2 in the
GMC hospital. The ‘Terrace’ a multi cuisine restaurant located in the campus serves all the
Arab, Continental & Asian cuisines.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
40 | P a g e
7.12 Recreational Facilities
State of the art recreational facilities are provided in the Body & Soul Health Club, a
gymnastic unit of GMU. Membership is provided to the students at a concessional rate and
they can enjoy all facilities including swimming.
World class Basketball, Volleyball courts, Tennis courts, Cricket & Football fields have been
located in the campus. Separate indoor Table Tennis facility for male and female students
has been provided. The sports committee announces inter-collegiate sports events every
year wherein interested students can participate.
7.13 Student Support Services
Faculty in-charge/
Coordinators
Name
Tel.No: 06 7431333
Hostel :
Dr. Joshua Ashok
Mrs. Sherly Ajay
Ext. 317
Ext. 384
Sports & First Aid:
Prof. Ishtiyaq Ahmed Shaafie
Ext. 211
Cultural Activities:
Mr. Vignesh Unadkat
Ext. 240
Library:
Dr. Syed Shehnaz Ilyas
Ext. 316
Mr. Aslam Hameed
Mr. Diaz Idiculla
Mr. Anzel
Ext. 300
Ext. 221
Ext. 221
Mr. Subeesh
Mr. Supreeth / Mr. Bilal
Mr. Fayaz Mohammed
Ext. 219
Ext. 222
Ext. 238
Mr. Sakthi
Ext. 283
Administrative Assistance:
Accounts:
Library:
Common Rooms, Common utilities
and Transport:
Audio Visual Aids:
Visa and Health Card:
Photocopy Section, Mail Boxes
and Sub store
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
41 | P a g e
7.14 GMU Physical Facilities
7.14.1 Lecture Halls
The lectures are usually held in the four main lecture halls - Lecture Hall I, Lecture Hall II,
Lecture Hall III and Lecture Hall IV. In addition the demonstration rooms located close to
laboratories are used in teaching smaller classes for lectures, group discussions, seminars
and tutorials. The graduate students have their classrooms in the teaching / learning center.
7.14.2 GMU Testing Center
The state-of-the-art GMU testing center is the latest addition to the ever-growing facilities of
Gulf Medical University. This new unit is capable of accommodating placement tests,
examinations or any other form of testing through a sophisticated technical set-up.
With a capacity of holding up to 88 participants, the centre has all modern facilities. To meet
the standards required for international testing regulations, invigilators are supported with
adequate number of CCTV cameras in each testing halls. The testing center has a data
processing room where post-test analysis of scores could be done or the central valuation
room for the examiners to value paper based tests. Access to the center and examination
halls is user-friendly to people with special needs (wide elevator and doors).
7.14.3 Common Rooms & Lockers
Separate common rooms with locker facility are available for male and female students.
Locker keys may be obtained from the Administrative office. In the event of any damages to
the lockers or loss of keys, a fine of AED 100 is levied. Only materials pertaining to academic
and learning needs are to be kept in the lockers; strict disciplinary action is taken if any
objectionable material is found in the lockers.
7.14.4 Masjid
Separate entrance for men and women with ablution facilities are provided in the Masjid.
7.14.5 Mail Box
All incoming postal mail would be kept in the designated area close to the photocopying
section.
7.14.6 GMU Hostel
Separate hostel facilities for male and female students are provided on request. Resident
wardens in the hostels take care of student needs. Indoor games and Internet facilities are
available for recreation and study.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
42 | P a g e
A. Aim: The Office of Student Affairs support and complement the mission of the college
and its academic program by creating a comfortable and safe environment that contributes
to the success of resident students’ educational progress and personal growth.
The hostel offers a learning environment that fosters self-dependence, respect for social and
communal norms, and tolerance of cultural diversity. The residence halls provide
opportunities for residents to improve their leadership, communication and social skills,
which support their academic development.
B. Hostels
GMC Girls Hostel
GMC Boys Hostel
Ajman
Ajman
Single / Sharing rooms
Single / Sharing rooms
C. Hostel Fees details
Students who are sent out of the hostel on disciplinary action will not be eligible to get
refund of the rent.
Hostel
Ajman
Single
19000/- + 1000 security deposit
Sharing
13000/- + 1000 security deposit
D. Hostel Regulations
These rules have been formulated to help the students to study comfortably in the hostel, to
ensure their safety and maintain discipline. All the inmates of the hostels are to strictly
adhere to these rules.
1.
Right of Occupancy
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
GMU students who have paid or arranged for the payment of their hostel
fees, tuition and other college fees have the right to reside.
Rent is charged for one academic year extending from the beginning of the
academic year to the end.
Request of renewal to be submitted and paid before the next academic
year. The room is confirmed only on payment.
Students leaving the hostel in the middle of an academic year are not
eligible for refund of the rent.
Student has the right to report to the Warden, Hostel In charge or Office of
Student Affairs in case of any difficulty faced during her / his stay in the
hostel.
Security
a.
To ensure the security of all students, all GMU hostels are protected by
security staff / warden for 24 hrs. throughout the year.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
43 | P a g e
3.
Facility
a.
b.
c.
4.
Air conditioned room with kitchen and bathroom, cot with mattress and
quilt, fridge, study table and chair, wooden cupboard, micro-oven.
Water cooler provided in each floor, common washing area, computer lab
and exercise room.
Cleaning, transportation and fulltime warden.
Curfew
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
During week days (Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, & Thursday) all
resident female students are expected to be in their respective dorms by
9:00 p.m. and male students by 9:30 pm
During weekends (Friday & Saturday) female students must report back
before 10:00 p.m. and male students report back before 11:00 p.m.
Daily attendance of hostel students will be conducted and submitted to the
Hostel In-charge and Office of Student Affairs.
The hostel Warden monitors the attendance records regularly for tardiness
and absences. Repeated violation of attendance regulations will be
reported to the Office of Student Affairs.
Students require prior permission from the warden before leaving the
hostel for shopping. Details about their movement in such cases should be
entered in a movement register maintained for this purpose.
Hostel doors will be closed by 11:00 pm.
Violation of the curfew timings and hostel regulations may result in the
cancellation of the hostel facility.
5.
Weekend / Vacation out-pass policy
a. Female students who wish to go out to visit their parents or relatives must
obtain prior permission from their parents or nominated guardians on each
occasion.
b. A letter must be faxed /email to the Office of Hostel In-charge
(fax no: 06-7468989 or email: [email protected] or
Warden Daisy Thomas, email: [email protected]
Warden Subaida, email: [email protected]) well in advance for prior
approval.
c. Student should fill out the out-pass form before leaving.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
44 | P a g e
6.
Inter-visitation
a.
GMU students who are not residents of the hostel and parents are not
permitted to stay in the hostel.
b.
On emergency purpose, one–day stay of non-residents (current GMU
student/ GMU student’s sister), concerned student requires to take prior
approval (at least 3 days before) from the Office of Student Affairs.
A visitor fee of AED 100/- per day will be charged. Student is requested to submit the
receipt of payment on entry to the hostel.
c.
Hostel students may be permitted to have visitors / friends in the visiting
area and will not be permitted to take them to their rooms.
d.
GMU students visiting hostel inmates are required to fill the form and take
the approval from the Warden.
e.
Outsiders other than parents or nominated guardians are not allowed
inside the hostels. Parents are allowed to visit their ward’s room only on
the first day of the University or on emergency situation upon approval.
7.
Smoking / Alcohol / Drugs
a.
b.
Smoking, seesha and using drugs / alcohol are strictly prohibited in GMU
hostels.
If a student is found using drug / alcohol / seesha etc., he / she will face
severe disciplinary consequences.
8.
Littering
a.
Since the hostels are the residents’ second home, all students are expected
to maintain cleanliness inside the halls.
b.
Rooms are inspected periodically for cleanliness.
c.
Students are also expected to regularly empty the garbage in their rooms.
d.
In the event a student room is found to be in a dirty state, the Student
Affairs office has the right to charge the student for getting it cleaned.
9.
Cable / TV / Internet / Computer Room
a. Students are allowed to have Television of their own.
b. Hostel has the Wi-Fi connections on all floors and an additional computer
room with internet connection is provided for learning purpose.
c. Computer /Internet usage will be viewed seriously and any misuse will entail
discontinuing the facility.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
45 | P a g e
10.
Exercise area (Girls’ Hostel Safeer area)
a. Students are provided with tread mills for exercise.
b. Students utilizing need to sign in the usage of time in the register.
11.
Meals and Cafeteria
a. Micro-oven and Fridge has been provided for warming and storing of food.
b. Procuring ordered food from outside restaurants should be delivered before
10:00 pm. Any late deliveries will not be permitted.
c. The facility of hostel delivery of food is arranged from the University Terrace
Restaurant (Contact no: 06-7430002)
12.
Transportation
 Hostel students are provided transport facility to the University.
 On regular class days, University bus has been arranged as per following
schedule:Time
Pick up to the University
Pick up from University


Main Girls Hostel
(Safeer area)
First trip : 8:00 am
Second trip : 8:10 am
Girls Hostel
(Jurf)
8:15 am
Boys Hostel
3:45 pm
3:45 pm
3:45 pm
8:15 am
Transport facility is also provided for hostel students during summer and
semester break holidays. Request for transport signed by the Warden has to
be filled and submitted to the Transport department for approval.
Transport is NOT provided for weekend travels.
13. Concerning Fire Codes
a. A fire alarm sound indicates that an emergency situation exists.
b. Students are required to switch OFF the electrical equipments after use. In
case any room is found to have the oven, A/c or any other electrical
equipment ON unnecessarily, the office reserves the right to ask the student
to pay the electricity charges.
c. Cooking indoors with charcoal or any open flame device, burning candles is
prohibited.
d. In case of complaint regarding malfunctioning switches or any other electrical
equipment needs to be reported to the Warden immediately or written in the
complaint book.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
46 | P a g e
14. Entering / Transfer of rooms
a. GMU officials including Hostel Supervisor and Warden may enter student
room in an emergency.
b. Students will be informed in case of maintenance work to be done or college
officials entering their rooms.
c. Male members are not allowed inside the girls’ hostel except male
maintenance staff on approval will be accompanied by the Warden.
d. Requests for a transfer to another room are to be forwarded through the
Warden’s office.
15. Laundry
a. Washers and dryers are located in the hostel. The Laundry room will be closed
by 11:00 p.m.
16. Furniture
a. Students are strictly forbidden from removing any of their room furniture.
b. Hostel students are required to obtain special approval from the hostel incharge to bring own furniture.
17. Storage
a. Storage rooms are NOT available in hostels.
b. Students need to clear their belongings on leaving the hostel. The belongings
will be moved outside once the student leaves the hostel.
c. Institution will not be responsible for student’s belongings once the student
leaves the hostel.
18. Medical Facilities
a. Students should report any injury or illness immediately to the Warden
without delay so that necessary medical attention could be arranged.
b. All GMU students are eligible for medical treatment in GMC hospital. Students
are required to present the Student ID as identification document to register
for medical treatment.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
47 | P a g e
19. Student responsibilities
a. Students must take care of their personal belongings and the management
will not be responsible for any loss or damage. On leaving the hostel, student
is required to clear all her / his belongings.
b. Students must maintain cleanliness and discipline in the hostel. All property
and fittings should be handled with care. If a student is found to be
responsible for any damages, the cost of repair / replacement will be
recovered from the student.
c. Students are required to abide by the advice and decisions of the Warden on
all matters pertaining to life in the hostels.
d. Students are required to abide by any other rules or regulations, which the
Dean, the Supervisor or the Warden may feel necessary to introduce from
time to time.
e. Students are required to submit the No Objection letter from parent and fill
up the out-pass /clearance form when staying outside or when vacating the
hostel.
f. Students are required to submit the clearance form to the office of the
Warden before vacating the room and submit a copy to the accounts
department for refund of deposit.
20. Actions Prohibited
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Student should NOT break the curfew timings.
Student should NOT write on walls, lifts, doors of the hostel.
Student should NOT bring in any pets (cat, puppy, bird etc.) into the hostel.
Student should NOT remove furniture, or install personal locks for rooms.
Student should NOT insert / fix holes or hooks in walls, floors or ceiling.
Student should NOT refuse to follow the instructions from the Warden or
security personnel who is only performing his/her duties.
g. Students are NOT allowed to decorate the exterior of rooms, corridors or
other common areas.
h. Student should NOT shout or create disturbances for any residential room.
i. Student should NOT drop or throw any solid object or liquid from windows.
j. Student should NOT harass or verbally abuse any resident or staff member
living in the hostel.
k. Student should NOT host overnight guest / parent without obtaining prior
approval from the Office of student affairs / Hostel In-charge.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
48 | P a g e
Following actions are taken for those who break the rules of the hostel
i.
ii.
iii.
First warning with letter issued to student.
Second and final warning with letter issued and copy to parents and the respective
College Dean
Third – student penalized / expelled from the accommodation.
Any breach of the above rules by the inmates may result in their, being deprived of the
privilege of occupying the room besides rendering themselves liable to pay such damages,
as may be claimed by the authorities. Also there will be NO refund of fees in the event of
denial of hostel accommodation on grounds of misconduct (academic or personal).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------I have read and understood the above rules and regulations of the hostel and will follow
the same.
_________________
Student’s Signature
______________________
Parent’s Signature:
_________
Date:
21. Whom to Contact in an Emergency
Dr. Joshua Ashok
Associate Dean,
Student Affairs
Mrs. Sherly Ajay
Ladies Hostel In-charge
Mr. Subish
Mrs. Daisy
Thomas
Mrs. Zubaida
Manager, General
Services
Warden, GMU Ajman
Girls Hostel
Warden, GMU Ajman
New Girls Hostel
Tel : 06- 743
1333 Ext: 317
Tel : 06-7431333
Ext:384
Tel : 06-743
1333 Ext: 219
Mobile: 050-7276958
Tel: 06-7464881
Mobile: 050-5103981
Tel: 06-7496255
Mobile: 050 - 3649007
Mobile: 050-7447921
Mobile: 050-7467155
7.15 Transportation
Bus facilities, to commute from residences to GMU and other clinical locations, are available
to the hostel students free of cost. Day scholars are provided transport on request and on
payment of stipulated fees. Students requiring transport facilities should contact the
Transport Department for all transport needs.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
49 | P a g e
7.16 Telephone
Prepaid telephone booths are located in the central hall.
7.17 Class Room & Laboratory Protocol
Separate entrances are designated for men and women students in the Lecture Halls and
Laboratories. Students are strictly advised to follow these.
 Attendance will not be granted to late comers to lectures and practical.
 Students are not allowed to bring food and drinks into the lecture rooms and
laboratories.
 Lab coats must be worn only during laboratory work, ambulatory and bedside teaching
activities.
 Students should use equipment and property of the institution with care and should not
indulge in destruction or damage to any of the equipment & property. If a student is
found to be responsible for any such damage, the repair / replacement cost for the same
shall be recovered from the student.
 Students who require audio visual equipment for presentations should organize this with
the help of the Administrative Assistant for Student Affairs. Students should fill in the
request form for this and hand over the same at least 3 days before their presentation.
 Visitors are not permitted to attend lectures and laboratories except with the prior
written approval of the Dean.
 Students should leave the lecture halls as soon as the lectures are over. Lingering on in
the hall alone or in groups is not permitted. Lecture halls will be locked soon after the
lectures are over and will be opened only 15 minutes before the commencement of
lectures.
7.18 Student Identification



All students are required to submit passport size photos to be fixed on their ID cards.
The Student ID must be worn at all times and must be presented on demand in the
campus, clinical sites and examinations.
Loss of ID cards must be reported to the Dean’s office and replacement card can be
obtained after payment of AED 25.
7.19 University Entrance
Separate entrances are designated for men and women students. These should be strictly
adhered to. Parents, relatives and friends who drop the students in the college and drive
them back are requested to respect this and drop or collect the students only from the
designated areas. Students are not allowed to walk through the main foyer doors or sit in
the entrance area. This area is meant for guests and visitors to the college.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
50 | P a g e
7.20 Car Parking in the Campus


Cars should be parked in the allocated positions for men and women students separately
in an orderly manner. Only cars belonging to the President, Trustees and other visiting
dignitaries are allowed to be parked in the main portico area. The College administration
reserves the right to tow away any vehicle, which has been parked in an unauthorized
manner or place.
Dangerous driving practices, creating inconvenience or risk to others and damage to
property within the college campus are punishable offences.
7.21 Information on Safety Issues
GMU adheres to and adopts the guidelines on safety issues, which covers safety aspects
under the categories- Laboratory and Chemical safety. Excerpt from the University
Laboratory Safety Manual is provided.
Laboratory Safety
1. General
1.1 Take care not to run around in the laboratories unless a situation [e.g. Emergency]
warrants the same.
1.2 Laboratory dress code:









Laboratory coat must be worn while pursuing laboratory work but be removed while
visiting a non-laboratory environment, e.g. office, canteen, toilet, and computer
room.
No smoking is permitted at any time in or near the laboratory.
Long-sleeved laboratory coats must be worn to protect against chemical spills and
prevent exposure to radiation and UV light.
Latex gloves must be worn when handling toxic chemicals and, bacteria. However,
do not use such gloves in the course of simple chores like opening doors, answering
telephones, at the keyboard, to cite some examples.
Safety goggles or spectacles must be worn while working with hazardous chemicals
or radioactive materials.
Use the face-mask when using the UV trans-illuminator.
Mandatory use of close footwear [E.g. No open-toed shoes, sandals and slippers]
when working in the laboratory and while handling also working hazardous chemicals
or radioactive materials.
Long hair or loose clothing must be secured before commencing work to avoid the
possibility of their entanglement in equipment, or contact with chemicals or
possibility of a fire accident.
Wearing a Walkman/radio head phone while working is prohibited.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
51 | P a g e
1.3 Waste disposal:
 Appropriate bag must be used to dispose hazardous and non-hazardous waste. The
specially designed safety bag must only be used for disposal of hazardous waste and
not for non-hazardous waste disposal. Non-hazardous waste can be disposed in the
general household garbage bag.
 Broken glass and needles must be disposed in a sharps bin or plastic container.
 Acid, organic solvent, and radioactive waste must be disposed in the designated
bottles or containers (see Chemistry and Radiation Safety for detail).
2. Electrical outlet usage:


To avoid power overloading, ideally, one electrical outlet must be connected only
to one equipment
If the outlet is used for more than one connection, the adaptor with the Singapore
Productivity and Standard Board (PSB) logo (i.e. PSB approved adaptors) must be
used.
Chemical Safety
1. General
 Working alone with hazardous chemicals (particularly after office hours) must be
discouraged in all laboratories involved in such experimental work.
2. Chemical Storage
 The general properties and storage characteristics of each chemical must be
indicated by a colored sticker on the chemical containers. The suggested color
codes are:
a. RED: Flammable
b. WHITE: Corrosive
c. YELLOW: Reactive
d. BLUE: Health risk (carcinogen, mutagen, etc.)
e. GRAY: General chemical storage
f. RED 'S': To be stored separately from chemicals of similar code

Chemicals must not be stored on the floor or on top of shelves. The storage shelf
must have the rails to prevent the fall off.
Organic and inorganic chemicals must be stored in different cabinets.
 Organic solvents must be stored in resistant containers, e.g. glass or teflon. The
cap must be resistant to the solvent and screwed on tight. Solvents are stored
primarily in a metal cupboard or sometimes in a fume hood.
 There must be no open flame near organic solvents, nor must they be kept near
heat.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
52 | P a g e



















Concentrated nitric acid must be stored in designated cabinet.
Poisons must be stored in designated and locked cabinet.
Corrosive chemicals must be placed in a location below eye level, e.g. in bottom
shelves of a cabinet or under the sink.
Cabinet shelves must not be overloaded.
Upper shelves must not be heavier than lower shelves.
All shelves must be protected with chemical-resistant, non-absorbent, easycleaning trays with anti-roll lips.
All chemicals must be placed on these trays and not directly onto the metal surface
of the shelves.
All cabinets must be kept closed at all times other than during depositing or
withdrawal of chemicals.
All cabinets must be placed on floor and must be stable.
Labels indicating the contents of each cabinet must be displayed on the outside of
the cabinet.
A fire extinguisher must be located near the exit and not near the chemical
cabinets. In the event of an explosion, a fire extinguisher near the explosion area
might be rendered inaccessible or damaged.
The appropriate type of fire extinguisher, i.e. Class B extinguisher such as carbon
dioxide or foam, to deal with chemical fire must be used. Everyone in the lab must
know to use the fire extinguisher.
Spill control kits to handle spillage of flammable chemicals, must be available.
First aid kits must be available and they must be equipped to deal with accidental
ingestion, spillage, etc.
Periodic checks must be made of the chemical stores in order to ensure that the
conditions of the containers are satisfactory. These include but are not restricted
to:
 The physical state of the primary and secondary containers
 The state of the seals of these containers
 The cleanliness of the containers (salt deposits indicating leakage, etc.).
 The presence of moisture in the bottle or any other form of precipitation and /
or caking.
Adequate ventilation must be available.
Bottles of toxic chemicals, once opened, must be tightly recapped, sealed and
placed in a fume hood.
Chemical bottles / containers in constant use must be placed in chemical-resistant,
non-absorbent, easy-cleaning trays.
Gas cylinders, hoses and regulators must occasionally be checked for wear and
tear, leaks and functionality. A simple soap-bubble test can be done to check for
leaks.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
53 | P a g e


All gas cylinders must be secured with chains.
Empty gas cylinders must not be stored with full cylinders. In the event of a
mistake, empty gas cylinders can cause serious-suck back effect when connected
to pressurized equipment.
3. Chemical Handling
 All lab workers must be familiar with recommended procedures associated with
the chemicals they are dealing and the relevant hazards. When in doubt the MSDS
must be referred to, for information.
 All work involving aqueous hazardous chemicals must be done in fume hoods.
 All Appropriate protective apparel must be worn when working with hazardous
chemicals. These include but are not limited to gloves, masks, aprons, lab coats,
face shields and goggles.
 Hand towel dispensers must be made available in all labs.
 Appropriate gloves for handling corrosives, hot/cold objects, organic solvents and
other specific chemicals must be available.
 When a process is known to result in chemical fumes, wearing appropriate masks
must be mandatory. Please note that normal surgical masks and dusk masks are
not suitable protection against chemical fumes.
 Spilled mercury (e.g. from broken thermometers) must be picked up using a
pipette and stored in a small, tightly sealed and labeled plastic container in the
fume hood.
 Standard Operational Procedures (SOPs) to deal with emergency situations arising
from radioactive, chemical and bio-hazardous accidents must be clearly
displayed in every lab.
Handling of Gases:






Make sure that you know how to operate the regulator on a gas cylinder before
using it.
Gas cylinders must be replaced before they are completely empty. Some positive
pressure must be allowed in the used cylinders.
Check the gas tubing from time to time.
Poisonous gases and chemicals that give rise to vapors must be experimented
with only in the fume hood.
Do not light any flame when you smell a gas leak. Beware of flammable gases,
e.g. oxygen and acetylene.
If you smell something dangerous, raise the alarm and evacuate the lab
immediately. The source must later be traced and action taken by the
appropriate safety personnel.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
54 | P a g e
While handling Liquid Nitrogen:
 Your hands must be protected by thick pair of heavy duty gloves.
 Lab coat must be worn and legs and feet protected.
 Liquid nitrogen must be kept and transported in Dewar flasks.
 Liquid nitrogen splatters easily when pouring, especially if the glassware or
plastic ware is not pre-chilled before use. Hence special caution ought to be
exercised.
Handling of Phenol:









Phenol must be handled with appropriate protection and in the fume hood.
Phenol must be stored in resistant containers made of glass or teflon.
If ones' skin comes in contact with phenol, it must be rinsed immediately with
lots of water, followed by wash with soap and water.
Spills must be attended to immediately and not left to dry unattended.
Stains left by chemical spills must be cleaned up immediately.
Hand towel dispensers must be made available in all labs.
Appropriate gloves for handling corrosives, hot / cold objects, organic solvents
and other specific chemicals must be available.
When a process is known to result in chemical fumes, wearing appropriate masks
must be mandatory. Please note that normal surgical masks and dusk masks are
not suitable protection against chemical fumes.
Spilled mercury (e.g. from broken thermometers) must be picked up using a
pipette and stored in a small, tightly sealed and labeled plastic container in the
fume hood.
4. General Chemical Disposal
Not all chemicals can be thrown into the drain. Ensure that the chemical is safe for
discharge into the sewer. If not, store in empty reagent bottles or carboys for
processing and disposal by a waste disposal company. As a general guideline, strong
flammable and acute toxic chemicals must not be discharged into the sewer.
 Dilute all chemicals that will be thrown into the sewer.
 Acids and bases must be neutralized properly before discharging into the
sewerage system.
 All gels (excluding those stained with EthidiumBromide) must be disposed into
special plastic bags. These bags, when full, must be double wrapped, secured
properly and thrown with normal rubbish for disposal.
 Commingling of chemical waste in waste storage containers must be kept to
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
55 | P a g e



confinement separately.
Where the above is not possible, aqueous waste must be segregated into the
following groups:
 Halogenated
 Flammable
 Phenol-chloroform
Flammable chemical waste must be stored in well-ventilated areas to reduce
accumulation of flammable vapors.
Solid chemical waste must be securely packaged before disposal into normal
trash where they will eventually be incinerated. An exception to this is solids that
sublime at room temperature and produce toxic gases. In such cases, try to
convert the solids to a stable form and chemically inactivate it.
Organic Solvents:




Solvents are disposed of in specifically-labeled (name of solvent, your name and
your supervisor’s name) waste bottles in a fume hood. Do not pour them down
the sink. Only very small quantities (< 1 ml) may be flushed down the sink with
lots of water.
Chloroform and acetone must not be poured into the same bottle as they react
to form an explosive chemical.
Chemical containers must be tagged with information including chemical name,
description, generator’s name and date of disposal.
All chemical disposal exercises must be documented.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
56 | P a g e
STUDENT’S RIGHTS
& RESPONSIBILITIES
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
57 | P a g e
8.0 Student’s Rights and Responsibilities
8.1 Student’s Rights
All students must become familiar with the academic policies, curriculum requirements, and
associated deadlines as outlined in the University Catalog. The academic advisor shall advise
the student on all matters related to their program of study and will aid the student in the
interpretation of policies whenever necessary.
However, it shall ultimately be the student’s responsibility to meet all stated requirements
for the degree and the policies related thereof. It is also the student’s responsibility to
actively utilize their campus email and the university web site, observe netiquette, observe
the policies on internet use as published and made available in the Student handbook as it
tends to be a major communication resource and is often the primary form of
communication between students.
Gulf Medical University shall maintain an academic environment in which the freedom to
teach, conduct research, learn, and administer the university is protected. Students will
enjoy maximum benefit from this environment by accepting responsibilities commensurate
with their role in the academic community. The principles found herein are designed to
facilitate communication, foster academic integrity, and defend freedoms of inquiry,
discussion, and expression among members of the university community.
8.1.1 Rights in the Pursuit of Education
Students will have the right:




To pursue an education free from illegal discrimination and to be judged on the basis
of relevant abilities, qualifications, and performance;
To fair and impartial academic evaluation and a means of recourse through orderly
procedures to challenge action contrary to such standard;
To an academic environment conducive to intellectual freedom; and
To a fair and orderly disciplinary process.
8.1.2 Right to Access Records and Facilities
Students will have the right:


To access their own personal and education records and to have the university
maintain and protect the confidential status of such records, as required by
appropriate legal authority;
To have access to accurate information regarding tuition, fees and charges, course
availability, general requirements for establishing and maintaining acceptable
academic standing, and graduation requirements;
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
58 | P a g e
8.1.3 Right to Freedom of Association, Expression, Advocacy & Publication
Students will have the right:
 To free inquiry and expression;
 To organize and join associations to promote their common and lawful interests; and
 To be able to protest on university premises in a manner which does not obstruct or
disrupt teaching, research, administration, or other activities authorized by the
university.
8.1.4 Right to Contribute to University Governance and Curriculum
Students will have the right:

Through student representatives, to participate in formulating and evaluating
institutional policies.
8.2 Student Responsibilities
Students shall be expected to balance these rights with the responsibility to respect the
learning environment for others and for themselves and to make their best effort to meet
academic challenges undertaken. Students will be responsible for compliance with the
University Code of Conduct.
The standards of professional behavior in the educational setting are related to three
domains:
1. Individual Performance;
2. Relationships with students, faculty, staff, patients and community, others and
3. Support of the ethical principles of the medical profession
Individual performance:
 Demonstrates educational experiences (i.e., exams, clinics, rounds, small group
sessions, appointments at the clinical skills center.
 Adheres to dress code consistent with institutional standards.
 Relationships with students, faculty, staff, patients and community.
 Establishes effective rapport.
 Establishes and maintains appropriate boundaries in all learning situations.
 Respectful at all times to all parties involved.
 Demonstrates humanism in all interactions.
 Respects the diversity of race, gender, religion, sexual orientation, age, disability and
socioeconomic status.
 Resolves conflict in a manner that respects the dignity of every person involved.
 Uses professional language being mindful of the environment.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
59 | P a g e





Maintains awareness and adapts to differences in individual patients including those
related to culture and medical literacy.
Supports ethical principles of the medical profession.
Maintains honesty.
Contributes to an atmosphere conducive to learning and is committed to advance
scientific knowledge.
Protects patients’ confidentiality.
8.3 GMU Honor Code
The students of Gulf Medical University Ajman, must recognize that they form an essential
part of the medical profession and society. The ‘Honor Code’ lays emphasis on students’
behavior to meet the expectation of their profession, family and general public. The Honor
Code is administered at the White Coat Ceremony. Students are required to read the pledge
and sign an undertaking to observe all the rules as specified in the code.
8.4 Salient Features of the Honor Code
The code strives to emphasize the importance of ethical behavior and compassion in patient
care. It helps a professional to understand the importance of the power of healing when all
health care professionals work together as a team. It guides students to interact among
their fellow colleagues and mentors. The honor code formally acknowledges a sense of
trust, responsibility and professional behavior among students, staff and faculty.
8.5 Breach of Honor Code
The following acts are considered as violation of the honor code:
1. Illegal, unethical and inappropriate academic conduct or professional behavior with
colleagues and mentors either in college, hospital campus or in any professional
gathering.
2. Failure to maintain confidentiality of a patient.
3. Failure to provide the highest level of patient care.
4. Failure to report any situation where the ‘honor code’ has not been followed or
failure to take appropriate action when the ‘honor code’ has been violated.
8.6 Effects of Committing an ‘Honor Offence’
When a student, member of the administrative staff or faculty commits an offense against
the rules of the honor code, it becomes violation of the ‘code’ and is termed as an Honor
Offense. The matter must be reported to the Dean of GMU. The report would be taken to a
committee formed by student and faculty representatives. Once the person is proved guilty,
the Committee will initiate appropriate action depending on the degree of the offense.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
60 | P a g e
UNIVERSITY RESOURCES
AND SERVICES
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
61 | P a g e
9.0 University Resources & Services
9.1 Introduction
The GMU Information and Learning Centre provide year-round reference and information
services and assists students in the development of effective search strategies. Staff
members at the learning center assist students in identifying new and additional resources,
confirming citations and providing instructions on how to use online databases and search
engines.
9.2 Vision
In carrying out this vision, the library will acquire, manage and link information resources
both physical and virtual and will provide quality instruction to empower users to benefit
from the full potential of the universe of knowledge. The library’s information professionals
and staff will ensure that GMU library aims to meet complex information challenges of the
21st century for life-long learning and excellence in undergraduate, graduate and
professional studies.
9.3 Mission
The mission of the GMU Information & Learning Centre is to provide resources and
instructional material in support of the evolving curriculum. It also provides leadership in
accessing and using information consistent with the GMU. The GMU Learning Centre is
focusing on maintaining and providing access to the state-of-the-art information technology
to meet the current and changing information needs of the GMU community.
9.4 Library
The library at the GMU campus is located on the first floor of the Information and Learning
Center. Library materials are circulated to faculty members, staff and the students for
periods according to the circulation policy.
9.4.1 Timings:
The library remains open from Sunday through Thursday between 8.00 a.m. to 10.00
p.m. and on Saturday between 8.30 a.m. to 6.00 p.m. (Except on official holidays).
9.4.2 Library Resources
 Books
 E-Books (Access Medicine)
 Journals (Online)
 Journals (Hard copy)
 CDs
 Video Tapes
 Online Databases:
Proquest, Access Medicine, Cochrane, UpToDate, USMLEasy, Micromedex
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
62 | P a g e
9.4.3 Library orientation
During the Library Orientation Program, the library staff will give orientation and
bibliographic instructions to the library users on the following topics:



Use of various electronic resources
Resources available in particular subjects of interest
Library rules and services.
9.4.4 Audio Visuals
The library has the facility for viewing medical video tapes and CD ROMs. A collection
of VHS tapes and CDs on latest medical topics are available.
9.4.5 Scanning and printing
Scanning and printing of learning materials without infringing on the copyright law
are provided in the library.
9.4.6 Photocopy
Photocopy services are provided at a nominal charge of one dirham for 10 pages. The
information and learning center abides by national and international copyright laws
in force.
9.4.7 Journal Article Request Service
The GMU users can get copies of Journal articles from the library on request. For
getting a copy of the article, users have to submit Journal Article request to the
library in the prescribed form. Request form is available in the GMU library website.
The applicant will get a copy of the article within three working days, if it is available
in GMU library.
9.4.8 Cataloguing
The GMU library is following Anglo-American Rules (AACR 2) for Cataloguing and the
National Library of Medicine USA coding for the classification system. The GMU
library using “AutoLib System Software”.
9.4.9 Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)
The GMU Library provides Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC) through the library
website (www.gmu.ac.ae/library). The user can search the catalogue by author, title,
subject, ISBN or key word.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
63 | P a g e
9.4.10 Security Gates
GMU central library has two security gates (3M library security system) for the
protection of library resources. The machine details are shown below:
3M Library Security System: The 3M Library Security System consists of several
components including 3Mt Tattle-Tape, circulation accessories, and detection system.
The key to the effectiveness of the system is protecting the library resources with 3M
Tattle-Tape security strips. Only when all library resources have the 3M detection
system (3M Tattle-Tape security strips) , the illegal exit of the resources can be
monitored
Name & Model of the Security Gate: 3 M Library Security Systems - 2301BP Model.
9.5 Library Policy and Procedures








Adequate library and learning resources are essential to teaching and learning. The
purpose of the library is to support the academic, research, health service and
continuing education programs of the university by providing students, faculty, and
staff with the information resources and services they need to achieve their
educational objectives.
The library staff work closely with department chairs, faculty, student and community
patrons in determining needs and which resources to obtain and which services to
offer.
Gulf Medical University maintains an adequate level of professional librarians and
support staff at the Gulf Medical University Campus and Gulf Medical College Hospital
and Research Center.
The Gulf Medical University selects and purchases appropriate and sufficient print and
non-print materials, including the lease of information databases suitable for the
instructional needs of the university with the goal of providing access to the maximum
amount of relevant information available within the constraints of the libraries’
budget.
Gulf Medical University provides automated systems in the following areas: online
public access catalog, circulation, cataloging and acquisitions.
Gulf Medical University provides bibliographic instruction to the university community
and interested groups, including orientations, personal assistance, computer-assisted
instruction and printed information.
Gulf Medical University provides hours of service to suit the needs of its learning
community.
Gulf Medical University maintains and continues to improve the facilities and
equipment for housing and using materials.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
64 | P a g e

Gulf Medical University evaluates resources and services annually via student surveys,
reviews of holdings by library staff and faculty, comparison with similar institutions,
and direct feedback from all users.
9.6 Library Rules and Regulations:
Students are required to abide by the following code of conduct while using library
resources.
 It is mandatory for the graduate students to possess their own laptop for use in the
university.
 Separate areas have been designated in the library for men and women students. The
reading rooms and computer facilities have been arranged accordingly.
 Students are expected to use the designated reading rooms and computer areas
separately marked for men and women in the library.
 Students who are seen in areas other than those specifically designated for their use
are liable to face disciplinary action. Video library facilities shall be arranged on
separate days for men and women students.
 Students are not allowed to sit on the steps or passages near the library or in other
parts of the University.
 Students are reminded that defacing or stealing library material is classified as
misconduct and is liable to invite censure.
 Personal laptops are allowed into the library; however, other personal items and
handbags may be deposited in the area provided before entering the library. No foods
and drinks are allowed inside the library.
 The students are requested to carry Identity Cards at all times. These are coded and are
required to issue books.
 Books may be issued from the GMU campus only. Books may be reserved using online
services. Books may be issued for limited periods up to 2 weeks at a time. The library in
GMCHRC and other affiliated hospitals do not issue books. Instructions on how to
access subscribed online text books and databases are prominently displayed.
 The library staff is available at all times for locating books, CDs, Videos, Journals and
any other library services (such as inter-library loan, accessing electronic resources,
other cooperative arrangements, orientation, training).
Photocopying class handouts is permitted. However, international laws regarding
image reproduction and copyright law shall be strictly followed.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
65 | P a g e
9.7 Circulation Policy and Procedures
GMU circulation policies are designed to permit prompt and equitable access to library
materials. The staff at circulation service desk is focused on meeting the needs of the library
users.
1) Circulation privileges are accorded to those holding valid GMU identification cards.
The ID must be presented on request in order to use the Library facilities and
services. Cards are not transferable.
2) Two books will be issued for a maximum period of two weeks. This can be renewed
once as long as there is no holding request for the same book.
3) Short loan for reference books will be allowed ranging from one hour to a maximum
of three days.
4) A fine of AED 1.00 per day will be levied for over-due books. If the fine is more than
the cost of latest edition of the book, the user has to pay the cost of the latest
edition of the book including procuring expenses equivalent to 10% of cost of book.
Users cannot borrow further books until due items are returned and penalties paid.
5) The users are not allowed to make any marking / underlining / highlighting in the
library books and journals. They should not indulge in any act that may damage the
books / journals. If any page is torn away or damage caused to any book or journal
the borrower will be asked to pay the penalty one and half times the cost of the book
/ journal and also be referred to the disciplinary committee for further action.
6) In case of loss, users have to replace the latest edition of the new book or pay the
cost of the latest edition of the book including procuring expenses equivalent to 10%
of cost of the book.
7) Reservation may be placed for loaned item.
8) The Library will not issue a “No Due Certificate” until all books are returned and fines
are paid.
9.8 Multimedia Labs
The Computer Center located on the ground floor of the Information and Learning Center of
Gulf Medical University shall provide a basic technological infrastructure for all academic
activities.
The Multimedia Lab includes the provision for networks, intra-GMU links and appropriate
hardware and software for administration and academic needs. The Multimedia Lab shall
ensure that the technological infrastructure is used effectively. For this purpose, among
others, the Center assumes a significant role in user support and training.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
66 | P a g e
9.9 Network Infrastructure
The Local Area Network (LAN) Infrastructure encompasses all academic offices, lecture
halls, laboratories, administrative & faculty offices. The network provides high bandwidth
servicing data, voice & video, and is connected to the Internet through two DSL lines, which
is protected behind a secured firewall & monitored 24 X 7.
The Multimedia Lab is a state-of-the-art data center, which houses the GMU servers, and the
backbone network switches and houses the data and software required for administrative
packages as well as fulfilling other faculty, staff and student uses.
All GMU students shall be provided individual accounts so that they can access the system to
obtain current information on all academic matters, access online learning materials and
tools, use discussion forums and interact with faculty. Users can also use the Web mail to
access their e-mail through the Internet. The video conferencing facilities enable video
meetings and distance learning.
9.10 Wi-Fi Network
All wireless access to university networks shall be authenticated by Information Technology
Security (ITS) approved methods. Staff, students, faculty and visitors at the university can
only access the wireless network using this encrypted network.
9.11 Online Resources
GMU has an online e-learning facility to enhance the learning process and help students
improve their knowledge by offering additional instructional material. It allows students to
access the facility from the campus as well as hostels and residences. The Center focuses on
the creation of an environment where all students will have easy access to information
resources by providing innovative technologies and learning resources.
9.12 Servers & Supports
All the computers within the campus are connected to high end rack servers which itself is
supported by power back up of 3 hours and monitored round the clock. The servers are
installed with antivirus, which is updated regularly, and entry is restricted to authorized
members only.
9.13 IT Training
Appropriate training sessions are being conducted for all students at regular intervals
around the year to update them with latest software and learning tools in the field of
Information Technology.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
67 | P a g e
9.14 Internet Services
The information and learning center provides Internet facilities for all students, faculties’
and staff. Search can be carried out freely by individual users or with the help of librarian.
Users can print their search results or directly e-mail them to any registered accounts.
9.15 Technology support for learning
All the class rooms are equipped with adequate technology support comprising computers,
projectors as learning support needs of our institution with local access port for both faculty
and students. Protected Wi-Fi is available to facilitate usage of portable IT gadgets among
the students and staff within the campus.
9.16 IT Support Team
The Gulf Medical University IT Support Desk (Help Desk) is a technical support team that
provides prompt, knowledgeable, courteous computing support services through the
phone, in person and email. The Help Desk is available to everyone who uses the GMU
Computing Service and is the first point of contact for any technical queries.
One of the tasks of the Help Desk is to help members of the GMU to be more productive
through the use of provided IT facilities.
GMU IT Support Team constantly collects valuable feedback about the services and its
quality in a bid to improve what they offer. The GMU IT Support Team was set up to handle
users' initial calls for technical assistance.
9.17 User accesses and Security
Access to operating systems is controlled by a secure login process which ensures:







Not displaying any previous login information e.g. username.
Limiting the number of unsuccessful attempts and locking the account if exceeded.
The password characters being hidden by symbols.
Displaying a general warning notice that only authorized users are allowed.
All access to operating systems is via a unique login id that will be audited and can be
traced back to each individual user.
All University systems, vulnerable to attack by malware must be protected by
antivirus software wherever possible unless a specific exclusion has been granted
and alternative measures have been taken to provide the same degree of protection.
Centrally Managed Kaspersky Antivirus 8.0 using Kaspersky Security Center protects
client systems running under Microsoft Windows XP, Vista 7, Windows 7, windows 8
and server systems running under Windows Server 2003, 2008 R2 from all types of
malicious programs. The product was designed specifically for high-performance
corporate servers that experience heavy loads.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
68 | P a g e
9.18 E-Learning at GMU
The GMU e-learning shall have an effective system that caters to self-paced personal
learning through resources available over the Internet.
The Gulf Medical University shall use the Moodle as an open source e-learning platform.
Students shall access the e-learning system at any location of their choice, since the system
is completely online. The University has campus-wide Wi-Fi services to facilitate e-learning
practices. Computers with Internet access have been provided in addition at all clinical
training sites in the library and student common rooms and residence halls.
Students are provided instructions on the proper use of the e-learning medium. Accessing
protected computer accounts or other computer functions, knowingly transmitting
computer viruses and unethical use of GMU access is prohibited.
To be granted the use of a computer account, users have to agree to abide by universal
guidelines on use of the computing and Internet services.
Access to the use of computer facilities is through authorized computer accounts. A
computer account consists of a unique log-in ID and a password. Students are requested to
keep their password secret. To activate the GMU account, the user shall be instructed to go
to the GMU website and follow the instructions.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
69 | P a g e
GMC HOSPITAL & RESEARCH
CENTER (GMCH & RC)
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
70 | P a g e
10.0 GMC Hospital & Research Center (GMCH & RC)
Gulf Medical College Hospital and Research Centre, the first teaching hospital under the
private sector in UAE, became operational in October 2002 by the Thumbay Group. With its
unique approach to healthcare, bringing together the best professional expertise and
infrastructure at affordable prices, the hospital constantly strives to fulfill its motto of
"Healing through knowledge and wisdom”.
10.1 Vision
The vision of the hospital is to be recognized as a leading Academic Healthcare Centre
providing high quality patient centric specialty healthcare services to the community
integrated with medical research and clinical training.
10.2 Mission
The mission of the hospital is to provide ethical patient care focused on patient safety, high
quality care and cost effective services. GMC Hospital and Research Centre is committed to
integrate latest trends in education to produce competent healthcare professionals who are
sensitive to the cultural values of the clients they serve.
GMC Hospital and Research Centre will strive to attain the highest quality and accreditation
standards.
GMC Hospital and Research Centre is committed to promote ethical clinical research that
will enhance outcomes of clinical care.
10.3 Clinical Departments and Services
Being a multi-specialty hospital, it houses the departments of Anesthesiology, Accident &
Emergency, Cardiology, Clinical Nutrition, Dermatology & Venereology, Dentistry, ENT,
Family Medicine, General Surgery, Internal Medicine, Neurology, Nephrology, Obstetrics &
Gynecology, Orthopedics, Ophthalmology, Pediatrics & Neonatology, Physical Therapy,
Psychiatry, Gastroenterology, Radiology and Urology and Critical care units (ICU, CCU and
NICU).
Specialized services include a medical imaging department with state of the art equipment
like spiral CT scan, mammography, ultrasound, color Doppler, ultrasound and radiography.
An advanced laboratory caters to the requirements of all the clinical departments and is
equipped for routine and advanced investigations in biochemistry, clinical pathology,
serology and hormone studies.
Student posted in GMC Hospitals for clinical training is required to:
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
71 | P a g e
10.3.1 Do’s




Procure the GMCH Student Guide Book.*
Wear student ID badges at all times in the hospital.
Follow the dress code as stated in the handbook. (refer section: 9.1 - dress code)
Maintain punctuality, professionalism and ethical behavior at all times when posted
in the hospital.
Complete the Orientation program of the hospital which includes Infection control &
Fire safety program.
Submit the vaccination/screening record for Hepatitis B and C Virus.
Submit the BLS certification (preferable).
Submit Arabic certification. (for non-Arab students preferable)
Submit the completed the Patient safety self-assessment form at the end of each
organ system module.
Maintain 80% attendance in the clinical and theory subjects.
Attend the CME/CPD programs of the hospital.
Follow the hospital rules and regulations.
Be responsible for their personal belongings, and accountable when posted in the
clinics and wards.
Report to the Office of Academic Affairs for any clarifications / problems faced.










10.3.2 Don’ts










NOT to involve in activities that disturbs patient care and safety.
NOT to use mobile phones in the clinics and wards.
NOT to access the patient information without prior approval. No entries are to be
made in the patient’s file.
NOT to take history or examine a patient without consent and approval of both the
patient and the faculty.
NOT to prescribe medications.
NOT to favor any patients breaking the rules of the hospital.
NOT to discuss the patient information in public.
NOT to do any clinical rotation that was missed without approval of the Academic
Affairs office personnel.
NOT to loiter in the hospital during nights and other timings out of the training.
NOT to violate any rules of the hospital.
10.3.3 Violation Warning:



First violation will lead to an oral warning.
Second violation will lead to a written warning.
Third violation will be seen in the Students Welfare Committee for disciplinary actions
which may lead to suspension/discontinuation of the training.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
72 | P a g e
*Note: All students posted in GMCHRC are required to procure the GMCHRC Student Guide
Book which states the rules and regulations of the hospital in detail. Students are required to
submit the signed disclaimer form to the academic affairs’ office after reading the Guide book.
Office of Academic Affairs - Gulf Medical College Hospital and Research Center
Prof. Meenu Cherian
Director – Academic Affairs
Contact: 06-746 3333 Ext: 107, Speed Dial : 8056
Mrs. Sherly Ajay
Academic Coordinator
Contact: 06-746 3333 Ext: 106, Speed Dial : 8074
Ms. Salvicion Matir
Academic Secretary
Contact: 06-746 3333 Ext: 377
Ms. Namitha
Academic Secretary
Contact: 06-746 3333 Ext: 377
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Dr. Ihsan Ullah Khan
Assistant Director – Academic Affairs
Contact 06-746 3333 Ext: 107, Speed Dial : 8141
Mr. Celso Viernes
Academic Secretary
Contact: 06-746 3333 Ext: 377, Speed ial:8089
Ms. Manjusha Latheesh
Academic Secretary
Contact: 06-746 3333 Ext: 377
Mr. Abdul Razak
Office assistant
Academic Affairs
73 | P a g e
STUDENT FINANCE
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
74 | P a g e
11.0. Student Finance
11.1 Student Finance Policy
The University publishes in the catalog, the student handbook and other publications the
university’s financial policy towards tuition fees and other payments for student services
provided.
All tuition fees shall be deposited before completing the registration process either in cash
or by checks payable to GMU due on the date of registration for new admissions. Students
in University rolls must pay all fees before commencement of the academic year.
Students who are unable to pay the full tuition fees upon registration may pay the tuition
fee in two installments after obtaining approval from the management. The first
installment shall be payable on the date of completion of registration (dated current) and
the second installment shall be paid by a postdated check due four months after the first
payment. A penalty shall be levied on all returned checks. The hostel fees along with a
security deposit shall be paid in full before occupying the room in the hostel.
Payment for other student services shall be levied in addition to tuition fee towards
provision of visa, conduct of examinations, issue of ID and Library cards and reissue of a lost
ID or Library card, Lab coat, convocation, issue of certificates verifying bonafides of the
student, issue of duplicate academic transcripts / course certificate / duplicate hall ticket;
replacement of a lost hostel key and annual rent for lockers provided.
Two or more children of the same family shall be entitled each to a 5% reduction in the
tuition fees provided they are registered in the same academic year. The request shall be
supported by the following documents; an application in person, a copy of the schedules of
the course being attended and a copy of their student IDs. Other details shall be provided
by the Office of Accounts.
The University shall arrange scholarship for students who have secured more than 95%
marks in their final higher secondary examinations and if approved by the sponsoring
agencies.
11.2 Tuition Fees* (Academic Year 2013 – 2014)
BPT
Tuition Fee if Paid Yearly
Tuition Fee if Paid in Two
Installments
1st Year
AED 27,500
AED 14,750
2nd & 3rd Year
AED 25,000
AED 13,500
4th Year
AED 12,500
---
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
75 | P a g e
* All tuition and other fees are subject to revision by the Gulf Medical University's Board of
Governors in accordance with university requirements. Every year, fees are reviewed and
subject to revision. As and when fees are revised, the new fees will be applicable to all
existing and new students. The amounts shown in this document represent fees as currently
approved.
11.3 Hostel Fees
Single
AED 19000
+ AED 1000 Security deposit
Sharing
AED 13000
+ AED 1000 Security deposit
11.4 Utilities Service Fees
A Compulsory fee of AED 75 per month will be charged to student account in addition to the
respective room rent.
11.5 Registration Fees
Program
Fees
BPT
AED 500
11.6 Examination Fees
Program
Professional Examination
Supplementary Professional
Examination
BPT
AED 150 per subject
AED 300 per subject
Repeaters: Repeaters in the Pharm D program will have to pay AED 300 per credit in each course.
11.7 Visa Charges
New
AED 1,500
Renewal
AED 1, 000
11.8 Caution Deposit Money
Caution Deposit Money
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
AED 1,500 (Refundable)
76 | P a g e
11.9 Fees for Other Services
Type of Service
Fees (in AED)
Graduation Fee
1,000
Third Party Liability (TPL) Insurance
200 per year
Online Examination
200 per year
Compensatory Clinical Posting
100 per day
Application for joining the GMU
150
Bonafide Letter (To whom it may concern)
100
Duplicate Academic Transcript (Course Certificate)
100
Replacing a lost hostel key / locker key
100
Damage to locker
100
Locker annual rent
30
ID Card /Library Card
25
Replacing a lost ID /Library Card
25
Duplicate hall ticket in place of original
25
11.10 Transportation Fees
Destination
One Day
One Week
One Month
Six Month
One Year
Ajman
AED 30
AED 150
AED 400
AED 2,100
AED 3,300
Sharjah
AED 50
AED 200
AED 500
AED 2,700
AED 4,400
Dubai
AED 70
AED 250
AED 600
AED 3,300
AED 5,500
11.11 Payment of Fees
Fees must be paid in full before completing the registration process either in cash or by
cheque payable to GMU due on the date of registration for new admissions. Students on
GMU rolls must pay all fees before commencement of each semester. However, for those
unable to pay the tuition fees upon registration in full, fees may be paid in two installments
after approval from the management: the first half is paid on the date of completing the
registration (31 August) and the second half by postdated cheque due four months after
the first payment (31 December). Hostel fees must be paid in full prior to joining the hostel.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
77 | P a g e
11.12 Late Fees and Fines
Late payment fee shall invite a penalty of AED 75 per day and any further delay will attract
further charges. Please note that a penalty of AED 500 is imposed on returned checks and
the returned check will not be handed over to the student unless the penalty is paid in cash.
The department heads in the college and the clinical training sites will mark the student
who has failed to pay the fees in time as ‘absent’ until dues are cleared.
11.13 Financial Aid and Scholarships
Two or more children of the same family are entitled each to a 5% reduction in the fees,
when they are registered for the same or different programs in GMU in the same academic
year. Students are requested to apply in person with the necessary documents. GMU will
assist in obtaining financial aid from charitable agencies or commercial banks for needy
students. Further details in this regard may be obtained from the Office of the Accounts
Department.
11.14 Refund of Fees
In the event a student formally withdraws from the university, a grade of W or WF will be
recorded depending on time of withdrawal. The following refund schedule will apply:
Withdrawal from the University
One week before the first day of classes
Before the end of the first week of classes
During the second week of classes
During the third week of classes
During / After the fourth week of classes
100% refund
100% refund
50% refund
25% refund
0% refund
Students withdrawing from the programs after being admitted to GMU on having
completed the registration process by paying the tuition fees will not be refunded the fees
amount paid by them under any circumstances during or after fourth week.
11.15 Revision of Tuition and other Fees
All tuition and other fees are subject to revision by Gulf Medical University’s Board of
Governors in accordance with University requirements.
Every year, fees are reviewed and subject to revision. As and when fees are revised, the
new fees will be applicable to all enrolled and new students. The amounts shown in this
document represent fees as currently approved.
If a student discontinues the academic program for any reason and rejoins/readmits the
program at a later year shall be governed by the tuition and other fees applicable at the
time of his/her rejoining/readmitting the program.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
78 | P a g e
ACADEMIC POLICIES
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
79 | P a g e
12.0 Academic Policies
12.1 Program Completion Policy
All students are expected to study the program and course details provided in the student
handbook and undergraduate catalog. For any one degree all requirements under the terms
of any catalog in effect at or after their admission must be met. Candidates must satisfy all
university requirements and all requirements established by the program faculty. The
individual programs may have higher standards and / or more restrictive requirements as
compared to the university minimum requirements.
The university mandates the following general degree completion requirements in order for
students to receive their degrees. Each graduate student must:
•
•
•
•
•
Be continuously enrolled in the program from admission to graduation.
Have satisfied any conditions of his or her admission, such as provisional admission.
Successfully complete a comprehensive examination or equivalent as determined by
the individual degree program.
Complete the program with an overall score of 70% or higher.
Submit a thesis or research project, if required by the academic program, to the
University that meets the format requirements set forth in the College Thesis
Manual.
The students shall fulfill the requirements of each course as prescribed and published and
made available to the students. The student shall be responsible for attending all the classes
and completing the requirements of the chosen program of study. The course completion
and degree requirements of each program are published in the respective sections of the
undergraduate Catalog.
12.2 Academic Progress Policy
Students are expected to attend all classes as per the schedule notified by each college.
Classroom activities are essential to learning and to the application of knowledge. The
student is responsible for knowing and meeting all course requirements, including tests,
assignments, and class participation as indicated by the course instructor. The schedules
shall be published and prominently displayed on the notice boards in the department and
the general notice board of the college and university. It shall also be uploaded and made
available on the e-platform MYGMU and the LAN available in the multimedia labs.
The responsibility for making up work missed during an absence rests with the student.
Students are encouraged to initiate negotiations with the instructor regarding missed work
as early as possible. If a student is unable to attend class on an exam day, the instructor is to
be notified in advance.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
80 | P a g e
Students must complete all clinical requirements. If a student is unable to attend a
scheduled rotation, the student must notify the instructor prior to the rotation time or at
the earliest possible time. Students are responsible for contacting with instructors for
make-up work. All leaves must be approved by the Dean for further consideration.
All leave applications must be approved by Dean for attendance consideration. The dean’s
office reserves the right to accept or reject medical certificates after scrutiny of its
authenticity.
It is the responsibility of the students to interact with the concerned department to verify
and ensure about their attendance particulars from time to time.
In the case of Clinical rotation, a minimum aggregate of 80% attendance is mandatory for
the student to be permitted to appear for the professional examination. Even when the
reason for absence constitutes approved leave, the minimum aggregate of 80% must be
satisfied by compensatory postings.
Attendance shall be entered daily by the department in the Student Management System.
The comprehensive attendance shall be downloaded and displayed prominently each
month and forwarded to the office of the Dean for information and necessary action.
Deficits in attendance shall be noted and brought to the notice of the students / guardians
to enable the student to improve the situation. Academic advising shall be offered by the
faculty and course coordinators to delineate the cause of the learning deficit and help the
students to overcome the contributing problems, if any.
The performance at the departmental and mid semester examinations shall be closely
monitored to identify students with learning difficulties. Academic advising by the faculty
and the course coordinators shall be available at all times to resolve the problem.
The attendance deficits and unsatisfactory performance in the continuous assessments
held by the departments and the college shall be used as parameters to identify students
who are not progressing in the courses.
Students shall be regular and punctual at lectures, demonstrations, seminars, practical,
fieldwork and other academic exercises. They shall be required to attend all the allotted
working periods in each of the prescribed courses.
Leave on medical grounds shall be considered only on the recommendation of the Medical
board constituted by the University for a maximum period of 15 days. The Leave application
must be supported by a Medical Certificate issued by a licensed physician preferably from
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
81 | P a g e
any of the GMU affiliated clinical teaching hospitals. A maximum of 15 days leave on medical
grounds may be approved for compensating attendance deficits at the end of a course.
In the credit bearing programs, a maximum of 7 to 8 days medical leave will be considered
in a semester and a maximum of 15 days for an Academic Year.
Students must provide appropriate documents to support leave of absence for purposes
like renewal of residence permit abroad within one week after return to the University. The
period of absence will not be approved if this regulation is not followed.
Students who miss classes in connection with completion of GMU Visa formalities shall be
required to submit supporting documents indicating the date and time of absence, within
three days of completing the procedure. Such leave shall be approved.
Prolonged Absence: Students are required to inform the Dean’s office in writing in
instances of absence from classes or clinical program exceeding 3 months by giving valid
reasons for the absence. The college reserves the right to remove the names of those
students from the rolls for periods exceeding three months and those who fail to inform in
writing giving valid reasons for the absence.
The admissions committee of the university will review absences with prior information in
writing for up to a period of 1 year, before the student is allowed to rejoin the program. The
admissions committee of the university will not consider the case of any student for
rejoining the program if the period of absence exceeds 18 months.
The prescribed courses shall be completed within the specified time periods.
The progress that a student makes in achieving the goals and objectives of the curriculum
are to be regularly evaluated.
Formative Assessment shall be a continuous process carried throughout the academic
period and consists of weekly or end of the topic quizzes, tutorials, computer based tests
and small group discussions.
12.3 Grading, Assessment and Progression Policy
Refer Section: 16.0
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
82 | P a g e
12.4 Online Examination (Exam Soft)
GMU has entered into a license agreement with the Exam Soft Worldwide Inc. USA for
usage of their software for item banking, exam delivery, result scoring and item analysis.
From the AY 2012-13 onwards the mid semester, end semester examinations for the
academic programs wherever applicable shall have online examination of MCQs using exam
soft application.
The students are hereby notified that the online examination will be conducted in the
Testing Center halls I, II & III and in the Multi Media labs. The schedule of the examination for
each program with the details of venue, date & time will be notified by the examination
department.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
83 | P a g e
MISCONDUCT & DISCIPLINARY
PROCEDURES
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
84 | P a g e
13.0 Misconduct and Disciplinary Procedures
13.1 Student Misconduct & Disciplinary Procedures
13.1.1 Academic Misconduct
The college may discipline a student for academic misconduct, which is defined as any
activity that tends to undermine the academic integrity of the institution and undermine the
educational process. Academic misconduct includes, but is not limited to the following:
a. Cheating
A student must not use or attempt to use unauthorized assistance, materials, information,
or study aids in any academic exercise, including, but not limited to:
 External assistance in professional or any “in class” examination. This prohibition
includes use of books, notes, mobiles, student’s cross talk, etc.
 Use of another person as a substitute in the examination.
 Stealing examination or other source material.
 Use of any unauthorized assistance in a laboratory, or on fieldwork.
 Altering the marks in any way.
 Claiming as his / her own work done by others or the work completed in collaboration
with others.
b. Fabrication
A student must not falsify or invent any information or data in an academic work, including
records or reports, laboratory results, etc.
c. Plagiarism and Copyright Violation
Gulf Medical University takes strong exception to plagiarism and copyright violation by
students, faculty or support staff.
Plagiarism
Plagiarism is using the ideas created and words written by others as one’s own, and without
indicating the source.
Plagiarism encompasses ideas, opinions or theories, facts, statistics, graphs, drawings,
images, photographs, videos, movies, music and other similar intellectual property, with the
exception of information that is categorized under “common knowledge”.
Plagiarism includes:
• Turning in someone else’s work as your own
• Copying ideas from someone else without giving credit
• Failing to put a quotation in quotation marks
• Giving incorrect information about the source of a quotation
• Changing words but copying the sentence structure of a source without giving credit
• Copying so many words or ideas from a source to make up the majority of your work.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
85 | P a g e
Students are reminded that ideas written by researchers or other authorities or the content
appearing in text books, recommended readings or journals need to be paraphrased before
they could be included in your project work, assignment reports, posters or manuscripts.
Paraphrasing involves reading the original text, understanding the meaning and then
presenting the information in your own words: maintaining the original sentence structure
with a few words changed in places is not acceptable paraphrasing.
Copyright Violation
Intellectual property such as, graphs, essays, poems, drawings, images, photographs,
videos, movies, music, statistics and other similar creations automatically become copyright
the day they are made public by the author. Unless the copyright owner has specifically
mentioned that the items are copyright free, using any of these in students’ own
compositions is a copyright violation. The exception to this stipulation is when the user is
covered under “fair use”, which is the limited use of copyright material for research,
scholarship and teaching. In such case the need for obtaining permission from the copyright
owner does not arise.
Preventing Plagiarism
Gulf Medical University requires the students to submit their projects, reports, assignments
and manuscripts prepared as electronic files through the portal that is made available
through the IT Department. While allowing the student to submit the document
instantaneously, the software also checks the document for plagiarism. When detected, the
percentage of similarity and the site where the original document had appeared will be
indicated. As headings of sections and references in the document may be similar to those
that appear in other texts, a 15-20% of similarity is taken as falling within the acceptable limit,
and is not considered as plagiarism.
Deciding on the percentage of plagiarism allowable is empirical, contingent solely upon
evaluator’s discretion. The distinction between what is fair use and what is infringement in a
particular case will not always be clear or easily defined. There is no specific number of
words, lines, or notes that may safely be taken without permission. Acknowledging the
source of the copyrighted material does not substitute for obtaining permission.
The extent of plagiarism is only relevant in determining the form and level of sanction.
Consequences of Plagiarism:
Plagiarism is considered an act of academic misconduct. Plagiarism of any sort or any degree
is not condoned under any circumstances, and students convicted of plagiarism after due
procedures are liable to punitive action by the university authorities.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
86 | P a g e
Academic Misconduct Procedures
(A) Initiation of Proceedings
When a student in a course commits an act of academic misconduct like plagiarism, the
faculty member who has detected the misconduct has the authority to initiate academic
misconduct proceedings against the student. Before this, the faculty is required to hold an
informal meeting with the student concerning the matter. If the faculty member affirms that
the student did commit the act of misconduct as alleged, then at the conclusion of the
informal meeting, the faculty member is required to report the matter to the Student
Welfare Committee in writing.
Upon reviewing the complaint and after enquiry & verification, the committee will forward
the report to the College Council presided over by the Dean. On the consensus reached by
the Council, the Dean has the discretion to decide whether disciplinary proceedings should
be instituted.
A disciplinary proceeding is initiated by the Dean sending a notice to the student who is the
subject of the complaint. The notice sent is to inform the student that charges are pending
and that a hearing has been scheduled. It shall inform the student of the reported
circumstances of the allegedly wrongful conduct.
It also specifies that if the student fails to appear for the meeting, the Dean may re-schedule
the meeting.
The notice shall inform the student that the college council may impose straight -away any
of the below mentioned disciplinary penalties, if it is reasonably believed the failure of nonappearance is to be without good cause or weigh this as a negative factor in future appeals.
(B) Disposition
When the student appears as required, the Dean shall inform the student as fully as possible
of the facts alleged.
If, after discussion and such further investigation as may be necessary, the Dean determines
that the violation occurred, as alleged, the Dean shall so notify the student and may impose
any one or a combination of the below mentioned sanctions for facts of academic
misconduct. If the student fails to adhere to the sanctions imposed, the student may be
subjected to additional sanctions, including suspension or expulsion. The sanctions include
lowered or failing grade on the particular assignment or the possibility of an additional
administrative sanction, (like the under mentioned) in case the academic misconduct
extends to other deeds
a. A failing grade on the examination, paper, research or creative project;
b. A specified reduction in the course grade;
c. Non-inclusion of scores earned in continuous assessment; and
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
87 | P a g e
d. Multiple Sanctions: More than one of the sanctions listed above may be imposed for
any single violation;
Reprimand and warning - An undertaking is signed by the student not to repeat the offence.
The student may face suspension if she / he engages in the same misconduct again or
commits any other violation.
Suspension - A student may be prohibited from participating in all aspects of college life for
a specified period of time.
The student may appeal against the decision of the Provost to the President. The appeal for
the latter decision rests with the discretion of the President.
Appeal to and Action by the Provost
The Provost shall inquire into the facts of the appeal and shall discuss the matter individually
with the student, the faculty member, the Dean and make a decision concerning the merits
of the appeal. The Provost may affirm the original decision concerning the disciplinary
sanction to be imposed, reverse the original decision and direct that the complaint be
dismissed; impose a different sanction, amounting to commutation.
Appeal to and Action by the President
The President shall inquire into the facts of the appeal and shall discuss the matter
individually with the student, the faculty member, the Dean, the Provost and make a
decision concerning the merits of the appeal. He may affirm the original decision concerning
the disciplinary sanction to be imposed, reverse the original decision and direct that the
complaint be dismissed; impose a different sanction, amounting to commutation.
13.1.2 Personal Misconduct
13.1.2.1 Personal Misconduct on University Premises
The college may discipline a student for the following acts of personal misconduct, which
occur on college property and its allied teaching sites:
 False accusation of misconduct, forgery, alteration of college document (record,
identification).
 Making a false report on emergency / catastrophe.
 Lewd, indecent or obscene conduct, gesture/s and /or remark/s.
 Disorderly conduct, which interferes with teaching or any other college activity.
 Failure to comply with the directions of authorized college officials.
 Unauthorized possession of college and others' property.
 Physical damage to university related or others' property.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
88 | P a g e
The Committee will place the facts of the case before the College Council, presided over by
the Dean and a decision on the nature of act, and sanction to be imposed is taken. The
nature of the act and the sanction to be imposed is reviewed by the college council,
presided over by the Dean, taking into consideration the following:
(i) Previous act/s of misconduct.
(ii) Record of repeated act/s of misconduct.
13.1.2.2 Personal Misconduct Outside University Premises
The college may discipline a student for acts of personal misconduct that are not committed
on college property, if the acts arise from activities that are being conducted off the campus,
or if the misconduct undermines the security of the GMU community or the integrity of the
educational process.
PERSONAL MISCONDUCT PROCEDURES
(A) Initiation of Proceedings
A report that a student has committed an act of personal misconduct may be filed by any
person; it must be submitted in writing to the Student Welfare Committee.
After reviewing a complaint, after enquiry & verification, the committee will forward the
report to the College Council, presided over by the Dean. On the consensus reached by the
Council, the Dean has the discretion to decide whether disciplinary proceedings should be
instituted.
A disciplinary proceeding is initiated by the Dean sending a notice to the student who is the
subject of the complaint. The notice sent is to inform the student that charges are pending
and that a hearing has been scheduled. It shall inform the student of the reported
circumstances of the allegedly wrongful conduct.
It also specifies that if the student fails to appear for the conference, the Dean may reschedule the meeting.
The notice shall inform the student that the college council may impose straight -away any
of the below mentioned disciplinary penalties, if it is reasonably believed the failure of nonappearance is to be without good cause or weigh this as a negative factor in future appeals.
(B) Disposition
When the student appears as required, the Dean shall inform the student as fully as
possible of the facts alleged.
The student is given a fair opportunity to explain her / his position / views regarding the
allegations leveled against her / him.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
89 | P a g e
If, after discussion and such further investigation as may be necessary, the Dean
determines that the violation occurred, as alleged, the Dean shall so notify the student and
may impose any one or a combination of the below mentioned sanctions for facts of
personal misconduct. If the student fails to adhere to the sanctions imposed, the student
may be subjected to additional sanctions, including suspension or expulsion. The student
may appeal against the decision of the Dean of the college to the Provost of the university.
The sanctions include:
Reprimand and warning - That the student may receive additional sanction/s if the student
engages in the same misconduct again or commits any other violation/s.
Disciplinary probation is for a specified period of time under conditions specified by the
Dean. As a condition of probation, the student may be required to participate in a specific
program, such as a counseling program, a program designed, to stimulate good citizenship
within the college community, or any other activity which would foster civic participation.
Restitution - A student may be required to pay the cost for the replacement or repair of any
property damaged by the student.
Expulsion from University Hostel - A student may be expelled from university hostel and
the student's contract for university hostel may be rescinded.
Suspension - A student may be suspended / debarred from participating in all aspects of
college life for a specified period of time.
Expulsion - A student may be expelled from the university permanently. Furthermore, the
student may not thereafter petition for readmission to the university.
(C) Appeal to and Action by the Provost
The student may appeal against the decision of the Dean of the college to the Provost of
the university, who may take any of the following actions:




Affirm the original decision that the student did commit the alleged act of
misconduct.
Affirm the original decision concerning the disciplinary sanction to be imposed.
Reverse the original decision that the student did commit the alleged act of
misconduct and direct that the complaint be dismissed.
Set aside the original decision concerning the disciplinary sanction to be imposed
and impose a different sanction, amounting to commutation.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
90 | P a g e
(D) Appeal to and action by the President
The student may appeal against the decision of the Provost to the President of the
university, who may take any of the following actions:




Affirm the original decision that the student did commit the alleged act of
misconduct.
Affirm the original decision concerning the disciplinary sanction to be imposed.
Reverse the original decision that the student did commit the alleged act of
misconduct and direct that the complaint be dismissed.
Set aside the original decision concerning the disciplinary sanction to be imposed
and impose a different sanction, amounting to commutation.
Repeated Misconduct Procedure (Personal)
In cases of repeated personal misconduct by a student, the student welfare committee will
study the advice, recommendation/s and instruction/s imparted by the committee against
the student on previous occasions. Serious warnings or disciplinary proceedings against the
student by the student welfare committee on earlier occasions constitute enough grounds
for the committee to recommend dismissal of the student with immediate effect if the
present episode of misconduct warrants such action.
Procedures for Handling Misconduct by Student Organizations
Academic misconduct proceedings and disciplinary proceedings against individual members
of a student organization are governed by the procedures otherwise applicable to students
alleged to have committed acts of academic misconduct.
GMU procedures for imposing academic and disciplinary sanctions are designed to provide
students with the guarantees of due process and procedural fairness, to ensure equal
protection for all students, and to provide for the imposition of similar sanctions for similar
acts of misconduct.
13.2 Student’s Rights and Responsibilities
13.2.1 Student’s Rights and Responsibilities Policy
The student must become familiar with the academic policies, curriculum requirements, and
associated deadlines as outlined in the undergraduate catalog. The academic advisor shall
advise the student on all matters related to their program of study and will aid the student in
the interpretation of policies whenever necessary.
However, it shall ultimately be the student's responsibility to meet all stated requirements
for the degree and the policies related thereof. It is also the student's responsibility to
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
91 | P a g e
actively utilize their campus email and the university web site, observe netiquette, observe
the policies on internet use as published and made available in the Student handbook as it
tends to be a major communication resource and is often the primary form of
communication between students.
Gulf Medical University shall maintain an academic environment in which the freedom to
teach, conduct research, learn, and administer the university is protected. Students will
enjoy maximum benefit from this environment by accepting responsibilities commensurate
with their role in the academic community. The principles found herein are designed to
facilitate communication, foster academic integrity, and defend freedoms of inquiry,
discussion, and expression among members of the university community.
13.2.2 Rights in the Pursuit of Education
Students will have the right:




To pursue an education free from illegal discrimination and to be judged on the basis of
relevant abilities, qualifications, and performance;
To fair and impartial academic evaluation and a means of recourse through orderly
procedures to challenge action contrary to such standard;
To an academic environment conducive to intellectual freedom; and
To a fair and orderly disciplinary process.
13.2.3 Right to Access Records and Facilities
Students will have the right:
 To access their own personnel and education records and to have the university
maintain and protect the confidential status of such records, as required by
appropriate legal authority;
 To have access to accurate information regarding tuition, fees and charges, course
availability, general requirements for establishing and maintaining acceptable
academic standing, and graduation requirements.
13.2.4 Right to Freedom of Association, Expression, Advocacy, and Publication
Students will have the right:



To free inquiry and expression;
To organize and join associations to promote their common and lawful interests;
To be able to protest on university premises in a manner which does not obstruct or
disrupt teaching, research, administration, or other activities authorized by the
university;
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
92 | P a g e
13.2.5 Right to Contribute to University Governance and Curriculum
Students will have the right through student representatives, to participate in formulating
and evaluating institutional policies.
13.2.6 Student Responsibilities.
Students shall be expected to balance these rights with the responsibility to respect the
learning environment for others and for themselves and to make their best effort to meet
academic challenges undertaken. Students will be responsible for compliance with the
University Code of Conduct.
The standards of professional behavior in the educational setting are related to three
domains:
1) Individual Performance;
2) Relationships with students, faculty, staff, patients and community, others; and
3) Support of the ethical principles of the medical profession, as expanded below:
Individual performance:
















Demonstrates educational experiences (i.e., exams, clinics, rounds, small group
sessions, appointments at the clinical skills center).
Adheres to dress code consistent with institutional standards.
Relationships with students, faculty, staff, patients and community.
Establishes effective rapport.
Establishes and maintains appropriate boundaries in all learning situations.
Respectful at all times of all parties involved.
Demonstrates humanism in all interactions.
Respects the diversity of race, gender, religion, sexual orientation, age, disability
and socioeconomic status.
Resolves conflict in a manner that respects the dignity of every person involved.
Uses professional language being mindful of the environment.
Maintains awareness and adapts to differences in individual patients.
Including those related to culture and medical literacy.
Supports ethical principles of the medical profession.
Maintains honesty.
Contributes to an atmosphere conducive to learning and is committed to advance
scientific knowledge.
Protects patient’s confidentiality.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
93 | P a g e
COLLEGE OF ALLIED HEALTH
SCIENCES (CoAHS)
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
94 | P a g e
14.0 College of Allied Health Sciences (CoAHS)
Physiotherapy (also called Physical therapy) is a health care profession concerned with
prevention, treatment and management of movement disorders arising from conditions and
diseases occurring throughout the life span.
Physical therapists (PT’s) are health care professionals who diagnose and treat individuals
of all ages, from new-borns to the very oldest, who have medical problems or other healthrelated conditions that limit their abilities to move and perform functional activities in their
daily lives. PT’s utilize an individual's history and physical examination in diagnosis and
treatment incorporating the results of laboratory and imaging studies.
The practice of physical therapy (PT) is rapidly changing and the contemporary PT
practitioners are expected to have a higher level of knowledge and skills needed to meet a
new demand for autonomous practice in physical therapy, and to fulfill the professional
desire for evidence-based practice.
14.1 Vision
The Bachelor of Physical Therapy Program will be a recognized leader in evidence-based,
clinically integrated, physical therapy education through collaboration among specialized
professionals and institutions, serving diverse student and community populations and the
physical therapy profession.
14.2 Mission
To advance the profession of physical therapy in the UAE and Middle East by graduating
physical therapists who demonstrate highly competent, evidence-based practice and
professional behaviors in a dynamic health care environment. The graduates will be able to
serve the health care needs of society while contributing to the advancement of the
profession.
14.3 Philosophy of the Program
The philosophy of our Bachelor of Physical Therapy Program BPT program underpins how
we teach and plan your curriculum which is fundamental to your success not only as a
student, but also competent and autonomous professionals influences your contributions as
a caring and healing health professional. We develop and implement an innovative
curriculum that continually evolves to reflect changing knowledge and needs of the physical
therapy profession. Students learn a systematic approach to the examination, evaluation,
diagnosis, prognosis and intervention of physical conditions within the scope of
physiotherapy practice. This preparation directs the student to practice within the principles
of ethical and professional conduct, scientific enquiry, reflection and evidence based
practice.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
95 | P a g e
Learning is viewed as a dynamic and interactive process. Hence the faculty of physical
therapy offers opportunities for active student participation. Academic and clinical faculty
cooperatively plan and implement creative and progressive learning experiences. To ensure
the most effective means of achieving its goals, the curriculum, based on feedback from a
variety of sources, undergoes constant evaluation and revision so that upon graduation, you
will be confident in your ability to make a difference in the lives of others and to maximize
new technologies and techniques for the benefit of humanity.
We at Physical therapy strive to respond to the needs of society by promoting rehabilitation
and to the needs of the profession by providing leadership within the profession. Our role as
educators / scholars / clinicians and members of the broader university community spans
across disciplines to enrich the research of other scholars as well as ours.
14.4 Goals and Objectives
Goals
a. The student should acquire knowledge and understanding of health and its
promotion and of disease, injury and disability. Its prevention and management in
the context of the whole individual and his or her place in the family and in society.
b. The student should acquire and become proficient in physiotherapy skills such as
the ability to select strategies for cure and care: adopt restorative and rehabilitative
measurers for maximum possible independence of a patient at home, work place
and in the community.
c. The student should acquire and demonstrate attitudes necessary for the
achievement of high standards of physiotherapy practice both in relation to the
provision of care of individuals and populations and to his or her own personal
development.
Objectives
The Bachelor of Physiotherapy Program curriculum prepares professionals dedicated to
maximizing physical potential for the advancement of human performance. The objective of
the educational program is to produce physical therapists who can respond to complex
patient/client needs quickly, scientifically and independently following graduation and
licensure.
Knowledge objectives:
At the end of the undergraduate Physiotherapy program the student will have acquired and
demonstrated a knowledge and understanding of:
a. Sciences basic to physiotherapy.
b. Normal structure and function of the body and of each of its major organ systems.
c. Pathology and patho physiology of organ systems.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
96 | P a g e
d. Diseases in terms of processes, both mental and physical such as trauma,
inflammation, immune response, degeneration, neoplasia, metabolic disturbance
and genetic disorders.
e. Rational and basic investigation approach to the medical system and surgical
intervention regimens.
f. How disease presents in patients of all ages, how patients react to illness or to the
belief that they are ill, and how illness behavior varies between social and cultural
groups.
g. The environmental and social factors causing diseases, and dysfunctions and the
analysis of the burden of functional impairments within the community.
h. The principles of physiotherapy, including:
 The management of clinical and functional problems.
 The care of disabled.
 The rehabilitation, institutional and community care.
 The amelioration of suffering and the relief of pain.
 The care of the dying.
 Human relationships, individual and community.
 The importance of communication both with patients and their relatives and
with other professionals.
 The importance of promoting health in general as well as competitive level, in
areas such as sports, work productivity and geriatrics.
 Ethical and legal issues relevant to the practice of physiotherapy.
Skill Objectives
Screening and Examination
1. Examine patients/clients by obtaining a history from them and from other sources.
2. Examine patients/clients by performing systems reviews.
3. Examine patients/clients by selecting and administering culturally appropriate and
age-related tests and measures
Evaluation, Diagnosis and Prognosis
1. Evaluate data from the examination (history, systems review, and tests and
measures) to make clinical judgments regarding patients/clients.
2. Determine a diagnosis that guides future patient/client management.
3. Determine patient/client prognoses.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
97 | P a g e
Plan of Care
1. Collaborate with patient / client, family members, payers, other professionals, and
other individuals to determine a plan of care that is acceptable, realistic, culturally
competent, and patient / client - centered.
2. Establish a Physiotherapy plan of care that is safe, effective, and patient/clientcentered and includes consideration of the physical, psychosocial, vocational, and
economic needs of the patient / client.
3. Determine patient / client goals and outcomes within available resources and specify
expected length of time to achieve the goals and outcomes.
4. Deliver and manage a plan of care that is consistent with legal, ethical, and
professional obligations, and administrative policies and procedures of the practice
environment.
5. Monitor and adjust the plan of care in response to patient / client status.
Intervention
1. Provide physical therapy interventions to achieve patient / client goals and outcomes.
Provide effective culturally competent instruction to patient / client and others to
achieve goals and outcomes.
2. Complete documentation that follows professional guidelines, guidelines required of
the health care systems and guidelines required by the practice setting.
3. Practice using principles of risk management.
4. Respond effectively to patient / client and environmental emergencies in one’s
practice setting.
Outcomes Assessment
1. Select outcome measures to assess individual and collective outcomes of patient /
client using valid and reliable measures that take into account the setting in which
the patient / client is receiving services, cultural issues, and the effect of societal
factors such as reimbursement.
2. Select outcome measures that are valid and reliable and shown to be generalizable to
patient/client populations being studied.
Education, Prevention, Health Promotion, Fitness and Wellness
1. Provide culturally competent physical therapy services for prevention, health
promotion, fitness, and wellness to individuals, groups, and communities.
2. Promote health and quality of life by providing information on health promotion,
fitness, wellness, disease, impairment, functional limitation, disability, and health
risks related to age, gender, culture, and lifestyle within the scope of physical therapy
practice.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
98 | P a g e
Clinical reasoning and Evidence Based Practice:
1. Demonstrate a systematic method for assessing patient/client problems and planning
appropriate intervention plans.
2. Consistently apply current science, knowledge, theory, and professional judgment
while considering the patient/client perspective in patient/client management.
3. Consistently use information technology to access sources of information to support
clinical decisions.
4. Consistently integrate the best evidence for practice from sources of information
with clinical judgment and patient/client values to determine the best care for a
patient/client.
Attitudinal Objectives:
At the end of the undergraduate physiotherapy program the student will have acquired and
will demonstrate attitudes essential to the practice of physiotherapy, including
Accountability, Altruism and Integrity
1. Practice in a manner consistent with the professional code of ethics.
2. Place patient’s/client’s needs above the physical therapist’s needs.
3. Demonstrate integrity in all interactions with patients/ clients, family members,
caregivers, other health care providers, students, other consumers, and payers.
Professional Duty
1. Demonstrate professional behavior in all interactions with patients/clients, family
members, caregivers, other health care providers, students, other consumers, and
payers.
2. Participate in self-assessment to improve the effectiveness of care.
3. Participate in professional organizations.
4. Demonstrate responsibility for maintaining professional competence.
Compassion/Caring, Communication and Cultural Competence
1. Exhibit caring, compassion, and empathy in providing services to patients/clients.
2. Promote active involvement of the patient/client in his or her care.
3. Expressively and receptively communicate in a culturally competent manner with
patients/clients, family members, caregivers, practitioners, interdisciplinary team
members, consumers, payers, and policy makers.
4. Effectively communicate in writing patients/clients needs with family members,
caregivers, practitioners, interdisciplinary team members, consumers, payers.
5. Identify, respect, and act with consideration for patients’/clients’ differences, values,
preferences, and expressed needs in all professional activities.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
99 | P a g e
6. Maintain confidentiality in a manner consistent with the legal requirements and
professional code of ethics.
7. Collects, summarizes and interprets cost-effectiveness, cost-benefit and cost-utility
information relevant physical therapy.
8. Identifies, interprets physical therapy intervention, regulations, and policies related
to rehabilitation programs.
Social Responsibility and Advocacy
1. Advocate for the health and wellness needs of society.
2. Participate and show leadership in community organizations and volunteer service.
14.5 Program Organizational Chart
I B.P.T
I yr
Duration
II B.P.T
I yr
Duration
Third
&
Final
B.P.T
11/2 yr
Duration
PT 1101 Human Behavior & Socialization
PT 1102 Human Anatomy
PT 1103 Human Physiology & Biochemistry
PT 1104 Basic Med. Electronics & Comp. App
PT 1105 Fund of patient care and first aid
PT 1106 Physiotherapy Orientation
PT 1107 Clinical Education
PT 2101 Electrotherapy
PT 2102 Exercise Therapy & Massage
PT 2103 Biomechanics of Human Motion
PT 2104 Microbiology
PT 2105 Pathology
PT 2106 Pharmacology
PT 1107 Clinical Education
PT 4101 PT in Musculoskeletal Disorders
PT 4102 PT in Cardio-respiratory Disorders
PT 4103 PT in Neuro – Sciences
PT 4104 PT in Gen. Med., Surgical, O.B.G
PT 4105 PT in Community Health
PT 4106 Research, Biostatistics, Prof. Issues &
Management
PT 4107 Concepts of Bioengineering
PT 1107 Clinical Education
Professional
Exam
End of IInd
term
Professional
Exam
End of IVth
term
Professional
Exam
End of VIIth
term
Human Behavior & Socialization
Human Anatomy
Human Physiology & Biochemistry
Basic Med. Electronics & Comp. App
Electrotherapy
Exercise Therapy & Massage
Biomechanics of Human Motion
Microbiology
Pathology
Pharmacology
PT in Musculoskeletal Disorders
PT in Cardio-respiratory Disorders
PT in Neuro – Sciences
PT in Gen. Med., Surgical, O.B.G
PT in Community Health
Research, Biostatistics, Prof. Issues &
Management
Concepts of Bioengineering
Compulsory Rotatory Internship
6 Months
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
100 | P a g e
14.6 Core Curriculum
14.6.1 First Year
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total Hours of Lectures
Lectures
Pre-Requisites
Co-Requisites
: Human Behaviour & Socialization
: PT 1101
: 1st & 2nd Terms
: 100 Hours
: 4 Hours / Week
: None
: PT 1102, PT 1103, PT 1104, PT 1105, PT 1106 & PT 1107
Study of human psychology from conception to late adulthood, theories of development,
normal and abnormal aspects motor, social, emotional and language development;
communication and interaction skills appropriate to various age groups. Human sociological
concepts, principles and social process, social institutions and various social factors affect
the family in rural and urban communities.
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total Hours of Lectures
Lectures
Practical
Seminars/Tutorials
Pre-Requisites
Co-Requisites
: Human Anatomy
: PT 1102
: 1st& 2nd Terms
: 200 Hours
: 3 Hours / Week
: 2 Hours/Week
: 2 Hours/Week
: None
: PT 1101, PT 1103, PT 1104, PT 1105, PT 1106 & PT 1107
Structure of human body including the skeletal and circulatory systems of extremities, trunk,
thorax, abdomen, head and neck, neuro-anatomy, emphasis will be given for clinical
applications of anatomy.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
101 | P a g e
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total Hours of Lectures
Lectures
Practical
Seminars/Tutorials
Pre-Requisites
Co-Requisites
: Human Physiology and Biochemistry
: PT 1103
: 1st & 2nd Terms
: 200 Hours
: 3 Hours / Week
: 2 Hours/Week
: 2 Hours/Week
: None
: PT 1101, PT 1102, PT 1104, PT 1105, PT 1106 & PT 1107
The study of the normal functions of the human body, with emphasis on physiological
processes and homeostatic adaptation to environmental and clinical changes, Systems
studied include Musculoskeletal, circulatory, pulmonary, gastro intestinal, endocrine,
nervous and excretory systems.
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total Hours of Lectures
Lectures
Practical
Seminars/Tutorials
Pre-Requisites
Co-Requisites
: Basic Medical Electronics & Computer Applications
: PT 1104
: 1st & 2nd Terms
: 200 Hours
: 3 Hours / Week
: 2 Hours/Week
: 2 Hours/Week
: None
: PT 1101, PT 1102, PT 1103, PT 1105, PT 1106& PT1107
Study of basic aspects of electricity and medical electronics: as related to its applications in
Electrotherapy instruments; including electrical fundamentals magnetism, valves and
semiconductors etc. The course also exposes the students to the fundamentals of
computers and their application in Physiotherapy.
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total Hours of Lectures
Lectures
Pre-Requisites
Co-Requisites
: Fundamentals of Patient Care and First Aid
: PT 1105
: 1st& 2nd Terms
: 60 Hours
: 1 Hour / Week
: None
: PT 1101, PT 1102, PT 1103, PT 1104, PT 1106 & PT 1107
An introduction to basic Physiotherapy procedures, physical management of patients, basic
nursing procedures & terminology and administration of first aid in emergencies in the
hospital / community.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
102 | P a g e
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total Hours of Lectures
Lectures
Pre-Requisites
Co-Requisites
: Physiotherapy Orientation
: PT 1106
: 1st & 2nd Terms
: 30 Hours
: 1 Hour / Week
: None
: PT 1101, PT 1102, PT 1103, PT 1104, PT 1105 & PT 1107
This course includes an introduction to Physiotherapy, its origin, scope and practice.
Importance of various subjects included in the syllabus and its need is discussed. Field visit
to a Physiotherapy Dept. in the hospital is undertaken.
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total clinical hours
Clinical rotation
Pre-Requisites
Co-Requisites
: Clinical Education
: PT 1107
: 1st & 2nd
: 30 Hours
: 1 Hour / Week
: None
: PT 1101, PT 1102, PT 1103, PT 1104, PT 1105 & PT 1106
This course will enable the student to experience and develop an understanding of the
health care environment, to develop communication skills with patients, patient relative &
team members and to exhibit the standards of professionalism in health care setting.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
103 | P a g e
14.6.2 Second Year
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total hours of Lectures
Total hours of Practical
Lectures
Seminar/Tutorials
Practical
Pre-Requisites
Co – Requisites
: Electrotherapy
: PT 2101
: 3rd& 4th Terms
: 100 Hours
: 100 Hours
: 2 Hours / Week
: 1 Hour / Week
: 3 Hours / Week
: PT 1101, PT 1102, PT 1103, PT 1104, PT 1105, PT 1106 & PT
1107
: PT 2102, PT 2103, PT 2104, PT 2105 & PT 2106
This includes the study of various electro therapeutic and electro diagnostic modalities used
in physiotherapy practice, Low frequency stimulation, superficial and deep heating
modalities, ultrasound therapy, short wave diathermy, Laser therapy, bio-feedback etc.
Other electro therapeutic agents such as infra-red therapy, hot packs, contrast baths,
paraffin wax therapy etc are studied. Importance is also given for instructions on the use of
various Electro physical modalities and the ability to interpret them. Safety in the use of all
electrical equipment also forms part of the study.
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total Hours of Lecture
Practical
Lectures
Seminar
Practical
Pre-Requisites
Co – Requisites
: Exercise Therapy & Massage
: PT 2102
: 3rd& 4th Terms
: 150 Hours
: 150 Hours
: 3 Hours / Week
: 1 Hour / Week
: 3 Hours / Week
: PT 1101, PT 1102, PT 1103, PT 1104, PT 1105, PT 1106 & PT
1107
: PT 2101, PT 2103, PT 2104, PT 2105 & PT 2106
Study of fundamental principles and application of basic exercise procedures and massage
form the fundamental basis for exercise therapy. Study includes exercises, muscle
strengthening, basic mobilization and the use of various exercise equipment. Importance of
various evaluation methods and the ability to interpret them is highlighted. Various
therapeutic interventions such as P.N.F, manual therapy, hydrotherapy, exercises for
coordination and balance etc. are also included.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
104 | P a g e
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total Hours of Lectures
Practical / Demonstration
Lectures/Seminars
Demonstration
Pre- Requisites
Co-Requisites
: Biomechanics of Human Motion
: PT 2103
: 3rd& 4th Terms
: 80 Hours
: 40 Hours
: 2 Hours / Week
: 1 Hour / Week
: PT 1101, PT 1102, PT 1103, PT 1104, PT 1105, PT 1106 & PT
1107
: PT 2101, PT 2102, PT 2104, PT 2105 & PT 2106
In this module student studies relationships of kinematic, kinetics and muscle function of
single and multi-axis joints of the extremities and spine. Student is also exposed to
considering the application of classic mechanics, including statics, dynamics, solid
mechanics, and fluid mechanics to describe movement and the loads placed on biological
tissue. The principles of classical mechanics are applied to the study of human motion to
provide students with an understanding of the internal and external forces acting on the
body during human movement.
Musculoskeletal tissues are examined from a structure and function perspective. The role of
muscle in generating force and controlling movement is emphasized.
The discussion of each region will include sections on normal biomechanics and the
application of biomechanics to pathological motion.
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total Hours of Lectures
Demonstrations
Lectures
Tutorials/Seminar
Pre-Requisites
Co-Requisites
: Microbiology
: PT 2104
: 3rd& 4th Terms
: 40 Hours
: 20 Hours
: 1 Hour / Week
: 1 Hour / Alternate Week
: PT 1101, PT 1102, PT 1103, PT 1104, PT 1105, PT 1106 &
PT 1107
: PT 2101, PT 2102, PT 2103, PT 2105 & PT 2106
Study of common organisms causing diseases including nosocomial infections and
precautionary measures to protect oneself from acquiring infections. The curriculum
includes General Microbiology, Immunology, Bacteriology, Mycology, Virology and
Parasitology.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
105 | P a g e
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total Hours of Lectures
Demonstration
Lectures
Tutorials/CBL
Pre-Requisites
: Pathology
: PT 2105
: 3rd& 4th Terms
: 60 Hours
: 20 Hours
: 1 Hour / Week
: 1 Hour / Week
: PT 1101, PT 1102, PT 1103, PT 1104, PT 1105, PT 1106 & PT
1107
: PT 2101, PT 2102, PT 2103, PT 2104 & PT 2106
Co-Requisites
This course involves the study of causes and mechanisms of diseases. Curriculum includes
genera pathology and systemic pathology involving the various systems like Heart & Blood
vessels, Lungs, Alimentary Tract, Central Nervous System, Muscular System, Skeletal System
etc.
Course Title
: Pharmacology
Subject Code
: PT 2106
Term
: 3rd& 4th Terms
Total Hours of Lectures
: 60 Hours
Demonstration
: 20 Hours
Lectures
: 1 Hour / Week
Tutorials/Seminars/Demonstration : 1 Hour / Alternative Weeks
Pre-Requisites
: PT 1101, PT 1102, PT 1103, PT 1104, PT 1105, PT 1106
&PT1107
Co-Requisites
: PT 2101, PT 2102, PT 2103, PT 2104 & PT 2105
Study of basic principles of pharmacology for physiotherapists: Curriculum includes study of
drugs affecting the Musculoskeletal, C.N.S, Cardiovascular and Respiratory systems, as well
as analgesics, hormones and antibiotics.
Course title
Subject code
Term
Total clinical hours
Clinical rotation
Co-requisites
: Clinical Education
: PT 1107
: 3rd and 4th
: 480
: 8 / week
: PT 2101, PT 2102, PT 2103, PT 2104, PT 2105 & PT 2106
This course emphasis on building the learning from the previous practicum by provides the
student the opportunity to effectively apply observation and communication principles,
perform initial assessment and will be able initiate initial documentation procedures /
written communication under supervision.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
106 | P a g e
14.6.3 Final Year
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total Hours
Lectures, Tutorials and
Clinical Sessions
Pre-Requisites
Co – Requisites
: Physiotherapy in Musculoskeletal Disorders
: PT 4101
: 5th, 6th and 7th Terms
: 250 Hours
: 5 Hours / Week
: PT 2101, PT 2102, PT 2103, PT 2104, PT 2105 & PT 2106
: PT 4102, PT 4103, PT 4104, PT 4105, PT 4106 & PT 4107
This course imparts the core knowledge, skills and attitudes needed to manage
musculoskeletal conditions by the use of appropriate physiotherapy modes.
Students are exposed to the role of the physical therapist in examining musculoskeletal
conditions across the lifespan and continuum of care. This course gives the student the
practical skills needed to assess and treat musculoskeletal dysfunctions using physical
therapy skills. Clinical reasoning is developed in the identification of patient’s ailment and
the selection and progression of treatment techniques.
The evidence base supporting physical therapy in the treatment of the musculoskeletal
dysfunction is also discussed. Examination processes are regionally applied and students
gain initial exposure to differential diagnosis and interventions. Students further develop
concepts of differential diagnosis, prognosis, and interventions for patients with
musculoskeletal conditions across the lifespan and continuum of care.
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total Hours
Lectures, Tutorials
& Clinical Sessions
Pre-Requisites
Co – Requisites
: Physiotherapy in Cardio – Respiratory Disorders
: PT 4102
: 5th, 6th and 7th Terms
: 250 Hours
: 5 Hours / Week
: PT 2101, PT 2102, PT 2103, PT 2104, PT 2105 & PT 2106
: PT 4101, PT 4103, PT 4104, PT 4105, PT 4106 & PT 4107
The course will provide students with knowledge and understanding of common cardio
respiratory pathologies, the physical manifestations of such pathologies, clinical reasoning
process in clinical assessment, diagnosis & therapeutic interventions, physiotherapy
treatment options, rationales and treatment selection.
The students will develop communication and practical skills needed to competently assess,
safely and effectively treat clients with Cardio – Respiratory disorders to predict and
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
107 | P a g e
evaluate outcomes as well as develop programs for promotion of good Cardio – Respiratory
health for the prevention and recurrence of disease.
Topics covered include common Cardio – Respiratory disorders treated by physiotherapy
including ICU management and post-operative rehabilitation following cardiac surgeries.
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total Hours of Lectures
Lectures, Tutorials and
Clinical Sessions
Pre-Requisites
Co – Requisites
: Physiotherapy in Neuro-Sciences
: PT 4103
: 5th, 6th and 7th Terms
: 250 Hours
: 5 Hours / Week
: PT 2101, PT 2102, PT 2103, PT 2104, PT 2105 & PT 2106
: PT 4101, PT 4102, PT 4104, PT 4105, PT 4106 & PT 4107
The course will provide students with knowledge and understanding of the common
pathologies seen in Neurology, the physical manifestations of such pathologies, the clinical
reasoning process in clinical assessment, diagnosis & therapeutic interventions,
physiotherapy treatment options, rationales and treatment selection.
The student will develop communication and practical skills needed to competently assess,
safely and effectively treat clients with Neurological disorders to predict and evaluate
outcomes as well as develop programs for promotion of good Neurological health for the
prevention and recurrence of diseases.
Topics covered include common Neurological conditions treated by physiotherapy including
P.N.F, M.R.P and other techniques for training, Co-ordination and balance.
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total Hours
Lectures, Tutorials and
Clinical Sessions
Pre-Requisites
Co – Requisites
: Physiotherapy in General Medical, Surgical,
Obstetrics and Gynecological Conditions
: PT 4104
: 5th, 6th and 7th Terms
: 250 Hours
: 5 Hours / Week
: PT 2101, PT 2102, PT 2103, PT 2104, PT 2105 & PT 2106
: PT 4101, PT 4102, PT 4103, PT 4105, PT 4106 & PT 4107
The course will provide students with knowledge and understanding of the common
pathologies seen in General Medical Surgical & Obstetric and Gynecological Conditions, the
physical manifestations of such pathologies, the clinical reasoning process in clinical
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
108 | P a g e
assessment, diagnosis & therapeutic interventions, physiotherapy treatment options,
rationales and treatment selection.
The students will develop communication and practical skills needed to competently assess,
safely and effectively treat clients with these disorders, to predict and evaluate outcomes as
well as develop programs for promotion of good health for the prevention and recurrence
of diseases.
Topics covered include common conditions seen in Paediatrics, Dermatology, Psychiatry,
Geriatric and OBG treated by physiotherapy.
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total Hours
Lectures, Tutorials & Field Visits
Pre-Requisites
Co – Requisites
: Physiotherapy in Community Health
: PT 4105
: 5th, 6th and 7th Terms
: 100 Hours
: 3 Hours / Week
: PT 2101, PT 2102, PT 2103, PT 2104, PT 2105 & PT 2106
: PT 4101, PT 4102, PT 4103, PT 4104, PT 4106 & PT 4107
The course will provide students with knowledge and understanding of health promotion
within a community based framework. The role of the physiotherapist’s contribution in
healthcare areas including geriatrics, industrial health, community based rehabilitation and
disaster management is explored.
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total Hours
Lectures
Pre-Requisites
Co – Requisites
: Research, Biostatistics, Professional Issues &
Management
: PT 4106
: 7th Term
: 80 Hours
: 2 Hours / Week
: PT 2101, PT 2102, PT 2103, PT 2104, PT 2105 & PT 2106
: PT 4101, PT 4102, PT 4103, PT 4104, PT 4105 & PT 4107
The course will provide students with knowledge and understanding of Research,
Biostatistics, Ethics, Professional Issues, and Management, including need for Evidence
Based Practice.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
109 | P a g e
Course Title
Subject Code
Term
Total Hours of Lectures
Lectures/Demonstration Sessions
Pre-Requisites
Co – Requisites
: Concepts of Bioengineering
: PT 4107
: 7th Term
: 50 Hours
: 2 Hours / Week
: PT 2101, PT 2102, PT 2103, PT 2104, PT 2105 & PT 2106
: PT 4101, PT 4102, PT 4103, PT 4104, PT 4105 & PT 4106
The course will provide students with knowledge and understanding of application of
various prosthetic and orthotic appliances, required to practice effectively as a
Physiotherapist.
Course title
Subject code
Term
Total clinical hours
Clinical rotation
Co-requisites
: Clinical education
: PT1107
: 5th 6th and 7th
: 900
: 20 / week
: PT4101, PT4102, PT4103, PT4104, PT4105 PT4106,PT4107
This course emphasis on building the learning from the previous practicum by provides the
student to undertake subjective and objective examination, plan goals and discuss physical
therapy interventions in patients with musculoskeletal, neurological and cardiopulmonary
conditions.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
110 | P a g e
14.7 Course Specifications
14.7.1 Course Title: Human Behavior & Socialization PT 1101
Course Coordinator
Co-Instructor
Academic Year
E-mail
:
:
:
:
Dr. Radhika Taroor
Mrs. Avula Kameswari
I Year
[email protected]
Human Behavior
Intended Learning Outcomes
Cognitive Domain
On successful completion of this course, a student should be able to:

Outline contributions of modern Psychology in understanding human behavior, esp.
related to health and disease
Explain the scientific methods of studying behavior
Explain the relative importance of heredity and environment in relation to physical and
psychological characteristics
Outline the psychosocial aspect of human development through the life span and its
importance in health
Explain the basic concepts and principles related to thinking, creativity, memory;
learning; conflicts, frustration, emotion, motivation,; sensation, perception and
attribution; personality; leadership and defense mechanism
Be aware of common methods of psychological testing.





Psychomotor Domain
On successful completion of this course, a student should be able to:




Apply psycho-social theories to explain human behavior.
Identify appropriate methods to gather information on human behavior and
interpret the information.
Apply the process of human development through the life span, in health behavior
Analyze the contribution of intelligence, thinking, creativity, memory; learning;
conflicts, frustration, emotion, motivation; sensation, perception and attribution;
personality; leadership and defense mechanism, in human behavior and its impact on
health, disease and health related behavior.
Affective Domain
On completion of this course, a student will be able to:


Appreciate the importance of scientific studies in understanding human behavior.
Appreciate the importance of heredity and environment in human behavior
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
111 | P a g e

Appreciate that the process of physical, intellectual and social development of
human beings, impact behavior and the response to disease
Consider the importance of the psychological processes in human behavior and
health
Acknowledge the relevance of person perception and attribution processes in health,
illness and therapist-patient relationship.
Show consideration to the psychological needs of individuals.
Appreciate the role of stress in health esp. in lifestyle disorders.




Human Socialization
Intended Learning Outcomes
Cognitive Domain
This is the domain of intellectual skills. The development of intellectual abilities and skills of
the students are the intended learning outcomes.














Recall the originating factors for the emergence of the discipline of Sociology.
Discuss the importance and need of Sociological imagination before looking into
any social issue. Understand how the study of Sociology actually is helpful in
understanding the social problems. Provides a good platform for the student to
understand various categories of patients (poor-rich, educated – uneducated,
normal –abnormal, depressed – arrogant etc).
Define, compare the term Sociology, and with other disciplines of Social Psychology
and Anthropology.
Explain the social institutions of family, community and society and the usefulness
of their knowledge to health care profession.
Understand various Research Methodologies and their usefulness in identifying the
socio-cultural, economic and physical determinants of health.
Identify the Cultural elements and Cultural Components in relation to health care
practice.
Define the term Health and critically reflect on various pedagogy of Health.
List various types of Socialization
Describe the view points of various Psychologists in relation to Socialization
concepts.
Able to modify himself as a Socialized person in the Society.
Explain social factors and their impact on human beings health and the community.
Contrast Social Change and Social Deviance.
List out various Social Problems and explain their negative impact on the Social well
being.
Explain the role of Medical Social Worker
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
112 | P a g e
Psychomotor Domain
This is the domain of practical skills.
 Demonstrate Socializing and professional skills when confronted with the patients,
clients or groups.
 Display the role of a Socializing agent, educator, Counselor and Social Worker
(apart from being a practitioner or a therapist in future).
 Identifies a deviant person.
 Recognize a drug addict or an alcoholic person (with the knowledge of the topics
discussed earlier).
 The quality mind emanates from an ordinary mind. The mental, physical, emotional
readiness to confront a particular situation.
 The learner will perform the Sick role of a patient in a hospital setting as a guided
response.
 Deal with a complex situation independently by his socializing skills.
 Prepares his co students also develop their skills.
 Adapts Spontaneous interaction in troubled situations those are guided by
socialization.
 Creative in performing his skills.
Affective Domain
This is the domain of communication skills, as it mainly deals with interpersonal relationships
and objectives concerning changes in interest, attitudes, values, appreciation and
adaptation.
 The learner will show the awareness of his subject and demonstrates the same
through his socializing skills.
 Demonstrate Cultural relativism and Cultural Sensitivity by accepting, responding to
the patient.
 Show preference and give importance to patient views and convincing him in a
difference of opinion at the same time.
 Demonstrate problem solving attitude, commitment to patients improvement
 Accepts responsibility for his own behavior. Realizes his own strengths and
limitations.
 Practices cooperation in group activities (seminar). Demonstrates punctuality and self
discipline.
Student Assessment
Internal Assessment
Sessional Examination, Class Tests, Seminar, Assignments.
Theory
Internal Assessment
80 marks
20 marks
_______________________
Total 100 marks
_______________________
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
113 | P a g e
Teaching Schedule for Human Behavior
Term I
Week
Topics
Competency Gained
Outline contributions of modern
Psychology in understanding human
behavior, esp. related to health and
disease
Definition of Psychology
Explain the scientific methods of
Definition of Psychology, basic information in
studying behavior
relation to following schools, method and
Apply psycho-social theories to
branches
explain human behavior.
1- 3
1.Schools:
Structuralism,
behaviorism, psychoanalysis
functionalism,
Identify appropriate methods to
gather information on human
behavior
and
interpret
the
2. Methods: Introspection, observation,
information.
inventory and experimental methods.
Appreciate the importance of
3. Branches: General, child, social, abnormal,
scientific studies in understanding
industrial, clinical, counseling and educational.
human behavior.
Appreciate the importance of
scientific studies in understanding
human behavior
Explain the relative importance of
heredity and environment in relation
to physical and psychological
characteristics
4-5
Heredity and environment
Twins, relative importance of heredity and
environment, their roles, in relation to physical Be aware of common methods of
characteristics, intelligence and personality and psychological testing.
nature-nurture controversy
Appreciate the importance of
heredity and environment in human
behavior
6
7 - 10
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Development and growth behavior
Infancy, childhood, adolescence, adulthood,
middle age and old age
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Outline the psychosocial aspect of
human development through the life
span and its importance in health
Apply the process of human
development through the life span,
in health behavior
114 | P a g e
Appreciate that the process of
physical, intellectual and social
development of human beings,
impact behavior and the response to
disease
Motivation
11 - 12
Explain the basic concepts and principles
Definition: motive, drive, incentive and related to motivation
reinforcement, basic information’s
about
primary needs, hunger, thirst, sleep, elimination Analyze
the
contribution
of
activity, air, avoidance of pain, attitude to sex, motivation in human behavior and its
psychological needs, information, security, self- impact on health, disease and health
esteem, competence, love and hope
related behavior.
Explain the basic concepts and
principles related to emotions
13 - 14
Analyze the contribution of emotion,
in human behavior and its impact on
Emotions
health, disease and health related
Definition,
differentiate
from
feeling, behavior.
psychological changes of emotion, role of RAS,
hypothalamus, cerebral cortex, sympathetic Appreciate the role of stress in health
nervous system, adrenal gland, heredity and esp. in lifestyle disorders
emotion, nature and control of anger, fear & Consider the importance of the
anxiety.
psychological processes in human
behavior and health
Show
consideration
to
the
psychological needs of individuals.
Explain the basic concepts and principles
related to frustration
Frustration
15
Definition, sources, solution, conflict: approachapproach, avoidance-avoidance and approachavoidance, solution
16 - 17
18 - 19
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Analyze
the
contribution
of
frustration, in human behavior and its
impact on health, disease and health
related behavior.
Consider the importance of the
psychological processes in human
behavior and health
Show
consideration
to
the
psychological needs of individuals.
Fall Semester Break
First Sessional Examination
115 | P a g e
Term – II
Learning
20-22
Definition, list the laws of learning as
proposed by Thorndike. Types of learning:
briefly describe, classical conditioning,
operant conditioning, insight, observation
& trial and error type, list the effective
ways to learn, massed Vs space, role Vs
part, recitation Vs reading, serial Vs free
recall, knowledge of results, association,
organization,
mnemonic
methods
incidental Vs intentional learning, role of
language.
Explain the basic concepts and principles
related to learning
Analyze the contribution of Learning and
memory in human behavior and its impact on
health, disease and health related behavior.
Consider the importance of the psychological
processes in human behavior and health
Show consideration to the psychological
needs of individuals
Personality
1. Definition- list Of components: Physical Explain the basic concepts and principles
characteristics,
character,
abilities, related to personality
temperament, interest and attitudes.
23-25
Be aware of common methods of
2. Discuss briefly the role of heredity, psychological testing.
nervous system, physical characteristics,
ability, family and culture on personality Analyze the contribution of personality in
development.
human behavior and its impact on health,
disease and health related behavior.
3. Basic concepts of Freud: unconscious,
conscious. Id. Ego & super Ego, list and Consider the importance of the psychological
define oral, anal and phallic stage of processes in human behavior and health
personality development. List and define
the 3 stages in proposed by Dollard and Show consideration to the psychological
Miller, drive, cue, response and needs of individuals.
reinforcement.
4.
Personality assessment: interview,
standardized,
non-standardized,
exhaustive and stress interviews, list and
define inventories, BAI, CPI and MMPI.
Projective test: Rorschach, TAT and
sentence completion test
26-27
Defense mechanism of the ego
Denial, rationalization, projection, reaction
formation, identification, repression,
emotional
insulation,
undoing,
introspection,
acting
out
and
depersonalization
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Explain the basic concepts and principles
related to
defense mechanisms
Analyze the contribution of defense
mechanisms in human behavior and its
impact on health, disease and health related
116 | P a g e
behavior.
Consider the importance of the psychological
processes in
human behavior and health
Explain the basic concepts and principles
related to thinking
28-29
30 - 31
Analyze the contribution of intelligence,
thinking, creativity, in human behavior and its
Thinking
impact on health, disease and health related
Definition, concepts, creativity, steps in
behavior.
creative thinking; list the traits of creative
people, delusions
Consider the importance of the psychological
processes in human behavior and health
Show consideration to the psychological
needs of individuals.
Spring Semester Break
Sensation, attention and perception
1. List the senses: vision, hearing,
olfactory, gustatory and Cutaneous
sensation, movement, equilibrium and
visceral sense, define attention and list
factors that determine attention: nature
of stimulus intensity, colour change,
extensity, repetition, movement size,
curiosity, primary motives.
32 - 34
2. Define perception and list the principles
of perception: figure ground, constancy,
similarity, proximity, closure, continuity
values and interests, past experience
context, needs, moods, religion, sex and
age, perceived, susceptibility, perceived
seriousness, perceived benefits and socioeconomic status.
3. Define illusion and hallucination
35-37
38 - 39
40-41
42
43-44
Explain the basic concepts and principles
related to Sensation, attention, perception
Analyze the contribution of sensation,
perception and attribution; personality;
leadership and defense mechanism, in
human behavior and its impact on health,
disease and health related behavior.
Consider the importance of the psychological
processes in human behavior and health
Acknowledge the relevance of person
perception and attribution processes in
health,
illness
and
therapist-patient
relationship.
Show consideration to the psychological
needs of individuals.
4.
List visual, auditory, Cutaneous,
gustatory and olfactory hallucination
Presentations
Revision
Second Sessional Examination
Study Holidays
Professional Examination
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
117 | P a g e
Teaching Schedule for Human Socialization
Term I
Week
1
Theory
Introduction to Sociology- Comte’s
Philosophy
Introduction to Sociology – Historical
factors of Sociology
2
3
4
Competency Gained
Student is now aware of Comte’s philosophy
and be able to practice this knowledge at
some stage and in every aspect of his
personal and professional life. The
knowledge of Sociological perspective and
imagination is practically important for a
therapist to view the world in a different
angle.
Knowledge of Historical background of
Sociology will enable the learner to
understand the emergence of the discipline
Sociology and its relevance to patient care.
The learner becomes keen in each and every
Introduction to Sociology--Relation of
aspect of his study and practice. He views
Social sciences
the people, environment in a social view
point. He is now able to use this knowledge
wherever and whenever it is required.
Importance of study of Sociology for The learner by now improves his outlook of
health care professionals. Use of people and their problems by replacing
Sociological Knowledge in various fields
personal thinking with Sociological thinking
in relation to Health care.
Gains the knowledge of Family. Understands
Family - Introduction to Family, Definition,
the role of a family in Socialization process.
forms and types of family, Family in
It provides an insight into the family as an
Socialization
institution.
Role of family in sickness and disability Recognition of important role of family in
Effects of Psychosomatic diseases on a times of crisis in health conditions.
family
The learner now able to recognize the
Influence of family on the individuals importance of being a family member and
health,
family
and
nutrition his role as a supportive member in times of
crisis and also be a knowledgeable person
who keeps assisting his family in preserving
the health of all the members.
By the end of the course the student will be
Social Factors in health and disease able to recognize the influence of social
solutions
factors on one’s health. He will understand
the concept of Primary Health Care and its
aims.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
118 | P a g e
5
Community - Introduction to Community,
definition, types of community, community
sentiment.
Community – Rural community
Health problems prevailing in these
communities.
6
7
8
9
10
Understands the term Community, Adapts
the concept of Community Sentiment to
assure the patient’s Welfare.
The learner gains knowledge in rural health
problems and ways to deal with those
problems.
Eid Al Adha Holidays
The student will be able to understand various
types of communities and potential health
hazards. The importance of community
involvement in health matters and health
services
Application of CBR in various parts of the
Community in relation to Physical Therapy
The study of society helps the student to gain
Society
awareness about social living, importance of
social support in health and illness.
The student will be able to recognize the
important need of studying theories to
Social theories
understand the people and their living
conditions in the past.
This background knowledge of Socialization will
enable the student recognize the negative
consequences of social isolation and positive
aspects of Social experience. It will help him to
Socialization – Social isolation and
have a positive outlook about himself and
Social experience ( Case Studies)
towards others. He will be able to guide others
about the practical advantage of social
experience especially for children as well as in
his profession.
The student will understand the term
Socialization – Meaning and nature of Socialization, its mechanisms, and the
Socialization
advantages which will help him to interact in a
better way in his personal and professional life.
The student will realize the importance of
various agents in the process of Socialization
and their continuous role in various stages of
Socialization - Agencies
Socialization. The result is, the student will
educate others about the practical importance
of being a socialized person.
This knowledge will provide the student a
Socialization Theories
theoretical base for Socialization at various
 Sigmund Freud(1856-1939)
stages as explained by various Social
 Jean Piaget(1896-1980)
Psychologists. This will help him to differentiate
 Lawrence Kohl berg (1969)
the theories and apply the important principles
 Carol Gilligan
in his own life. Gains a deep insight into the
various viewpoints and their pedagogies. This
Urban Community, definition, changes
and health hazards of UC.
Use of CBR with the base knowledge of
Sociology.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
119 | P a g e
enables the learner where to apply what theory
in growth and developmental stages of a human
being
11
12
13
14
This knowledge will provide the student a
theoretical base for Socialization at various
Socialization – Theories
 George Herbert Mead(1863- stages as explained by various Social
Psychologists. This will help him to differentiate
1931)
the theories and apply the important principles
 Charles Horton Cooley(1864- in his own life. He will recognize the importance
1929)
of formation of self and its development
 Erik H. Erikson (1902-94)
throughout the life through interaction. It will
help him to socialize professionally in his career.
The student becomes capable in socializing
himself and with other groups both college and
in his career. This knowledge will provide the
student what to anticipate in his course, in his
Types of socialization
career and as well as in his personal life too. He
is now aware of occupational socialization and
this knowledge will enable him to improve those
areas in his respective profession.
The student will be able to understand
importance of Research in various fields, gives
Social Research
him an opportunity to plan his interest of
research at the end of the course.
Sociological investigation
Study of these methods enables the student to
Case-Study
come into contact with actual or real world and
real problems and the reactions of the people
Social Survey
The student will understand and apply the
Questionnaire and interview methods
methods in his research as well as use this
Opinion poll method
knowledge in later stages of his profession.
Culture is the most important aspect of human
beings. In a Health Care Profession, it is very
important to a practitioner or a therapist to
understand the multicultural backgrounds and
Concept of Culture
respect them accordingly.
This will assure the patient his total well being
and quick recovery.
proficiency in various languages is an added
advantage for a therapist
Central Elements of Culture – Cultural The student will be able to use this knowledge
Universals
during his clinical practice.
The student will under gain some knowledge
about the central elements of culture. This will
Central Elements of Culture
help him to understand different cultural
practices during his training and
in his
profession
The student will gain basic knowledge about
Subcultures
sub cultures .
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
120 | P a g e
Gains a clear idea of the concept of health, the
reality of health care in present world.
The student will gain knowledge related to
health, health in various stages of history. He
will also be aware of how society shapes health
in different ways.
After learning this topic, the student will gain
some useful knowledge about health and its
theories. The importance of applicability of
Structural functional analysis. It will help him to
understand patient’s role, patients’ perceptions
about illness and treatment. And other
problems in accessing medical care in terms of
social inequality.
Concept of Health
15
Theories of Health
16-17
Fall Semester Break
18-19
First Sessional Examination
Term II
Culture and Health
The student by now will have a clear idea of role of
cultural factors in health; he will gain practical
knowledge of therapist Patient relationship
through role play and game. This will not only
motivate them but also help in their long term
retention of the subject and its practicality.
Social Groups
The student will gain some knowledge about
groups and social groups and their importance in to
individual and society.
20
Influence of formal and informal
groups on health and sickness
21
22
Role of Secondary groups in
hospital and rehabilitation
Leadership
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
The learner will have an idea about functioning of
formal and informal groups to provide a better
patient care
The student will recognize the importance of both
primary and secondary groups in hospital and
rehabilitation setup. This knowledge gives him an
opportunity to interact better with patients and
their family members. Organize daily routines in a
well planned way for patient’s quick recovery.
The student by now is capable of identifying
leadership traits and be able to apply in health care
profession and to lead a team of medical
professionals.
121 | P a g e
Attitude
Social Change
23
Social change and stress
Social change and health program
24
Social Deviance
Introduction to social problems –
Over population
25
Poverty
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Recognize the effect of attitudes in therapist
patient relationships, treatment process and its
relevance to health care profession.
Understand the need of changing one’s attitudes
when it is required for a successful clinical practice.
The learner understands the importance of
personal change as well as social change for the
improvement both at personal and professional
level.
The student will understand the negative outcome
of social change that leads to stress. This
knowledge will help him deal with difficult patients
in clinical practice with ease.
The learner understands the importance of
adaptation of any change that is good for his and
both social welfare.
This knowledge enables the student to recognize
the importance of contribution of various factors of
social change leading to variety of health programs
Understands the term deviance and applies this
knowledge while dealing with different patients
coming with various psychological problems. The
student will understand the negative outcome of
social change that leads to social deviance. He will
be aware of issues of disability in relation to
deviance. This knowledge will help him deal with
difficult patients in clinical practice with ease.
The student will realize the impact on over
population on health services in a given society. He
will understand various remedies to control the
population. The same knowledge can be
transferred patients wherever and whenever it is
relevant and required.
The Student become aware of causes of poverty
and recognizes the importance of Universal
declaration of human rights to every individual in
the society.
122 | P a g e
Unemployment
26
Alcoholism
Drug Addiction
27
Juvenile delinquency
Consequences of Social Problems in
relation to Sickness and disability and
remedies to solve the problems
Prostitution
28
Introduction to Social security
Social Security Schemes
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
The student will get an exposure about the problem
and
about
the
remedial
measures
of
unemployment.
The student will understand the impact of
alcoholism and one’s health and its social
consequences affecting the person’s life, job and
relationships. This knowledge will not only alert the
student for himself but he can transfer the
knowledge to his patients when it is required as a
humanitarian gesture.
The student will recognize the harmful
consequences of drug addiction that affects one’s
health. This knowledge is required to every
individual especially to young adults, adolescent
students.
The same knowledge will be useful to the students
in their profession while dealing with different kinds
of patients. It becomes easy to identify drug addicts
by the therapists.
Gives good idea of the problems and their impact
on sick and disabled people. Try to find different
ways to solve the problems
This knowledge will enable the student to know
and understand about Juvenile delinquency and
about the alternative treatment methods of
rehabilitation with institutional care for juveniles.
The students will know and understand this social
problem. This knowledge will enable them to look
at the world with a different perspective especially
in relation to women and men in general. Recognize
various risk factors associated with prostitution.
They will recognize the importance of human
dignity and respects for others especially for
women
The student will come to know about the concept
of Social security and the definition given by
International Labour Organization,
Universal
Declaration of human rights –enable student to
understand the important rights of human beings.
The student will be able to understand various
schemes and differentiate between social security
and social welfare and their relevance to disability.
123 | P a g e
29
Sickness and other benefits
30 - 31
Spring Semester Break
Concept of social work
32
By learning about various social security benefits,
the student will gain awareness about the different
benefits to people with various health conditions
and circumstances.
Gains knowledge about the existing legislation and
thinks about any new depending on the need of the
society
Medical Social work
33-39
40-41
42
43-44
The student will understand various methods of
Social work and their functioning at various levels.
The student will recognize the importance Social
work and the important role of Medical Social
Worker as an effective co-ordinator
between
Doctor, patient and his family.
Making
adjustments, provide quality care is the prime
function of a medical social worker
Revision
Second Sessional Examination
Study Holidays
Professional Examination
Reference Books (Psychology)
1. David Myres, Exploring Psychology, Woth, (ISBN No. 1-57259-069-6)
2. Lester Sdorow, CherlyRickabaugh, Psychology, McGraw Hill,
(ISBN No. 0-07-235832-7)
3. Psychology for Beginners – P. Natraj (Vol. I & II)
4. The World Psychology – Samuel Wood Ellen Greenwood – 2nd Edition
5. Psychology Myers, David G Ed. 8 Worth Publishers ISBN 978-81-317-1387-7 (with CDROM)
6. Psychology by Saundra K. Ciccarelli and Glenn E Meyer Pearson Education Longman
Indian subcontinent ISBN 0131839594 / 9780131839595
Reference Books (Sociology)
1. John Macionis, Sociology, Eleventh Edition, (ISBN No. 0-13-218474-5)
2. Prentice Hall, Practicing Sociology in the Community: A Student’s Guide, (ISBN No.
0-13-042019-0)
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
124 | P a g e
14.7.2 Course Title: Human Anatomy PT 1102
Course Coordinator
Co-Faculty
Academic year
Email
:
:
:
:
Prof. Mandar Vilas Ambike
Ms. Suni Ebby
I Year
[email protected]
Professional Information
This program is designed to provide students with the working knowledge of the general
concepts and basic principles involved in the topographical and functional anatomy of the
musculoskeletal and thoracic cardio-respiratory systems. The regional study of the
abdomen, pelvis, perineum, head and neck and central nervous system (CNS) are studied
with particular reference to topics of importance to physiotherapists. The study of the CNS
includes detailed consideration of the control of motor function.
Intended Learning Outcomes
Knowledge Outcome
At the end of this program, the student should be able to:


















Describe anatomical positions of body, axes, planes and the common anatomical
terminologies.
Distinguish between the dorsal and ventral body cavities
Define the divisions of the thoracic cavity and their boundaries
Describe the structure of a serous membrane, explain its function and provide
examples of them in the body
Describe the structure and functions of a cell in brief.
List the basic tissues of the body and explain the general features of connective
muscular and nervous tissue.
Describe the various functions of bone
Compare and contrast compact and spongy bone
Describe the anatomy of a long bone, relating structure to function
Explain the main difference between intramembranous and endochondral
ossification
Classify joints and describe the general features of each type.
Demonstrate an understanding of muscle movements and the terminology used
to describe them.
Describe the functions of muscles
Compare and contrast skeletal, cardiac and smooth muscle
Explain the special characteristics of muscle tissue
Demonstrate an understanding of the types of functional muscle groups
Analyze muscle names to extract useful information about muscle size, shape,
origin, function, etc.
Explain the general features of the cardiovascular, gastrointestinal and urogenital
systems.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
125 | P a g e



















Understand the basic function of the lymphatic system, including the role of
lymph nodes and lymphatic ducts
Describe the upper and lower extremities under the following headings:
Upper Extremity :
• Osteology: Clavicles, Scapula, Humerus, Radius, Ulna, Carpals, Metacarpals,
Phalanges.
• Soft parts: Breast, pectoral region, axilla, front of arm, back of arm, cubital
fossa, front of fore arm, back of fore arm, palm, dorsum of hand, muscles,
nerves, blood vessels and lymphatic drainage of upper extremity.
• Joints: Shoulder girdle, shoulder joint, elbow joints, radio ulnar joint, wrist
joint and joints of the hand.
• Arches of hand, skin of the palm and dorsum of hand.
Lower Extremity
• Osteology: Hip bone, femur, tibia, fibula, patella, tarsals, metartarsals and
phalanges.
• Soft parts: Gluteal region, front and back of the thigh (Femoral triangle,
femoral canal and inguinal canal), medial side of the thigh (Adductor canal),
lateral side of the thigh, popliteal fossa, anterior and posterior compartment
of leg, sole of the foot, lymphatic drainage of lower limb, venous drainage of
the lower limb, arterial supply of the lower limb, arches of foot, skin of foot.
•
Joints: Hip Joint, Knee joint, Ankle joint, joints of the foot.
Describe the posterior and anterior articulations of the ribs
Describe the origin, insertion, function and position of the intercostal muscles, as
well as of the intercostal VAN
Describe the structure and function of intervertebral discs and vertebral
ligaments
Identify the surface anatomy of the thorax and understand the positional
significance of each structure
Describe the structure of the trachea and relate various structural components to
function
Describe the components of the bronchial tree and relate changes in their
structure to function
Describe the position of the lungs within the thoracic cavity
Describe the relative position of other major structures (including vessels) in the
thoracic cavity (e.g. esophagus, thymus, heart)
Describe the origin, insertion, innervation, functions and various openings of the
diaphragm
Understand the position of the heart in the chest relative to other structures
Describe the external features of the heart
Describe the boundaries and contents of the anterior and posterior triangles of
the neck
Describe the structures in the lateral wall of the nasal cavity
Describe the structure of pharynx and its parts
Describe the location, structure and function of the stomach, small intestine and
large intestine and its parts
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
126 | P a g e





Describe the location and functions of the liver, gall bladder and the duct system
that connects them and the pancreas; explain how it functions as an exocrine and
endocrine gland
Describe the location and function of the spleen
Describe the gross anatomy and internal anatomy of the kidneys, the structure of
ureters and the location, function and structure of the urinary bladder
Describe the following parts of the Central nervous system –
• Cerebrum
• Cerebellum
• Midbrain & brain stem
• Blood supply & anatomy of strokes
• Spinal cord- anatomy, blood supply, nerve pathways
• Pyramidal, extra pyramidal system
• Thalamus, hypothalamus
• Ventricles of brain, CSF circulation
• Development of nervous system & defects (Brief Description)
• Cranial nerves – special emphasis on V, VII, X, XI, XII (course, distribution and
palsies)
• Sympathetic nervous system, its parts and components (Brief Description)
• Parasympathetic nervous system (Brief Description).
Describe the following under the section of developmental embryology:
•
•
•
•
•
Ovum, Spermatozoa, fertilization and formation of the Germ layers and their
derivations.
Development of skin, Fascia, blood vessels, lymphatic,
Development of bones, axial and appendicular skeleton and muscles,
Neural tube, brain vessels and spinal cord,
Development of brain and brain stem structures
Psychomotor Skills
At the end of this course, the student should be able to:










Identify and describe the bones and joints of the upper extremity including pectoral
girdle
Identify origin, insertion, function and innervation of the muscles of the upper
extremity (shoulder, arm, forearm, hand)
Identify the muscles of each compartment of the arm and forearm
Identify the arteries and veins that serve the upper extremity
Identify certain structures through surface anatomy
Identify and describe the bones and joints of the lower extremity
Identify origin, insertion, function and innervation of the muscles of the lower
extremity (hip, thigh, leg, foot)
Identify the muscles of each compartment of the thigh and leg
Identify the arteries that serve the lower extremity
Identify the nerves of the lumbar plexus and their motor and sensory innervation
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
127 | P a g e











Name and identify the bones of the thorax (sternum, ribs, clavicle, scapula) and their
major bony landmarks
Distinguish between true, false and floating ribs, as well as describe features of
typical and atypical ribs
Identify the features typical to all vertebrae and those features unique to each type
of vertebrae (including sacrum and coccyx)
Identify the structures found at the root of each lung
Compare and contrast the gross anatomy of the right and left lung
Identify the great vessels, their major branches, and the coronary vessels, and
describe their location relative to the heart, and the general area of the body they
supply.
Identify and describe the four chambers of the heart and the various internal features
of each chamber
Identify the nasal conchae and openings of the paranasal sinuses into the nasal
cavity.
Identify the parts of the alimentary canal
Identify the main arteries supplying each abdominal organ
Identify the parts of the urinary system
Attitudes Outcome
At the end of this course, the student should be able to:


Integrate theory and knowledge into professional practice and demonstrate a
systematic understanding and a critical awareness of academic and professional
issues in physiotherapy theory and practice
Safely and effectively practice the core skills of physiotherapy and demonstrate the
qualities and abilities needed to act autonomously in planning, implementing and
analyzing physiotherapy practice
Student Assessment
Internal Assessment
(Quizzes, Sessional Examinations, Seminar, Laboratory Work, Record Work, Assignments)
Internal assessment
Theory
Practical
Viva voice
30 marks
80 marks
25 marks
15 marks
_______________________
Total 150 marks
_______________________
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
128 | P a g e
Teaching Schedule for Human Anatomy
Term I
Week
1
2
3
4
5
Theory
Orientation Introduction
to Anatomy and
subdivisions &
Anatomical
nomenclature
Cell and Cell Division,
General Histology 1
Practical / Demonstration /
Seminar
Lab Orientation and
Anatomical Nomenclature
Microscopy-Cell, Epithelial
Tissue and Connective Tissue
Human Body apart from his
profession as a practitioner
Understand roles and structure
and functional relationships of
organ system and of basic
tissues.
Microscopy- Nervous Tissue
and Muscle Tissue
Understand roles and structure
and functional relationships of
basic tissues
General Embryology and
Development of
Musculoskeletal System
Gross Anatomy PracticalIntroduction to
Musculoskeletal System
Understand the basics of
general embryology to know
the development of
Musculoskeletal System
Bones , Joints and Muscle
Morphology
Gross Anatomy PracticalGeneral Anatomy of Bones,
Joints and Muscles
Understand the roles and
structural and functional
relationships of bones, joints
and muscles
General Histology 2 &
Skin and Fascia
6
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Overview of Upper limb,
Pectoral Region and
Axilla
Gross Anatomy PracticalOverview of Upper limb,
Pectoral Region and Axilla
8
Scapular region, Arm and
Forearm
Gross Anatomy PracticalScapular Region,
Intermuscular Spaces, Arm
and Forearm
9
Hand and
Neurovasculature of
Upper Limb
Gross Anatomy PracticalNeurovasculature of Upper
Limb
10
Joints of Upper Limb
Gross Anatomy PracticalJoints of Upper Limb
7
Competency Gained
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Understand the role of upper
limb and structural and
functional relationships of
pectoral region and axilla
Understand the role and
structural and functional
relationships of Scapular
region, arm and forearm
Understand the role and
structural and functional
relationships of
neurovasculature of upper limb
Understand the role and
structural and functional
relationships of the joints of
upper limb
129 | P a g e
Understand the role of Lower
limb and structural and
functional relationships of
Anterior and Adductor
Compartment of thigh
Overview of Lower Limb,
Anterior an Adductor
compartment of thigh
Gross Anatomy PracticalAnterior an Adductor
compartment of thigh
12
Gluteal region, Posterior
Compartment of thigh
Gross Anatomy PracticalGluteal region, Posterior
Compartment of thigh
Understand the role of
structural and functional
relationships of Gluteal region,
Posterior Compartment of
thigh
13
Leg and Foot
Gross Anatomy Practical- Leg
and Foot
Understand the role of
structural and functional
relationships of Leg and Foot
11
14
15
Joints of Lower limb
Neurovasculature of
Lower Limb and Revision
Gross Anatomy PracticalJoints of Lower limb
Gross Anatomy PracticalNeurovasculature of Lower
Limb and Revision
16-17
Fall Semester Break
18-19
First Sessional Examination
Understand the role of
structural and functional
relationships of Joints of Lower
limb
Understand the role of
structural and functional
relationships of
Neurovasculature of Lower
Limb
Term II
20
Introduction to Nervous
System, Spinal Cord and
Meninges
Gross Anatomy Practical –
Introduction to Nervous
System, Spinal Cord and
Meninges
21
Medulla, Pons and
Midbrain
Gross Anatomy Practical –
Medulla, Pons and Midbrain
Cerebellum
Gross Anatomy Practical –
Cerebellum
22
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of the
Introduction to Nervous
System, Spinal Cord and
Meninges
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of the Medulla,
Pons and Midbrain
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of the Cerebellum
130 | P a g e
23
Cerebrum
Gross Anatomy Practical –
Cerebrum
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of the Cerebrum
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of the
Diencephalon and White
Matter of Brain
Diencephalon and White
Matter of Brain
Gross Anatomy Practical –
Diencephalon and White
Matter of Brain
Ventricles and Blood
supply of Brain
Gross Anatomy Practical –
Ventricles and Blood supply
of Brain
26
Cranial Nerves II,III,IV,VII
Gross Anatomy Practical –
Cranial Nerves II,III,IV,VII
27
Cranial Nerves IX,X,XI,XII
Gross Anatomy Practical –
Cranial Nerves IX,X,XI,XII
Bony frame work of
thorax and thoracic wall
Gross Anatomy PracticalRibs, Sternum and Thoracic
Vertebra
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of Bony and
Muscular thoracic wall
Respiratory System
Gross Anatomy Practical –
Pleura and Lungs, tracheobronchial tree.
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of organs of
Respiratory system
24
25
28
29
30 - 31
32
33
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of the Ventricles
and Blood supply of Brain
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of the Cranial
Nerves II,III,IV,VII
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of the Cranial
Nerves IX,X,XI,XII
Spring Semester Break
Cardiovascular System
Anterior and Posterior
Abdominal Wall, Digestive
System
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Gross Anatomy Practical –
Pericardium, Heart and the
Great Vessels
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of organs of
Cardiovascular system
Gross Anatomy Practical –
Anterior and Posterior
Abdominal Wall, Organs of
Digestive System
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of Abdominal
wall, organs of Digestive
System
131 | P a g e
34
35
36
37
38
Gross Anatomy Practical –
Genito-Urinary System and
Genito urinary System and
Endocrine System
Endocrine System
Vertebral Column and
Muscles of Back
Gross Anatomy Practical –
Vertebral Column and its
curvatures, Muscles of the
Back
Exterior and Interior of
Skull, Cervical Vertebrae
Gross Anatomy Practical –
Osteology of Exterior and
Interior of Skull, Cervical
Vertebrae
Scalp and muscles of
Facial Expression
Bony orbit, Eye and
Extraocular Muscles of
eye
Ear, Temporomandibular
Joint
Gross Anatomy Practical –
Scalp and muscles of Facial
Expression
Gross Anatomy Practical –
Bony Orbit, Eye and
Extraocular Muscles of Eye
Gross Anatomy Practical –
Ear, Temporomandibular
Joint
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of Genito-urinary
System and Endocrine System
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of Vertebral
Column and its curvatures,
Muscles of the Back
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of the exterior
and interior aspect of Skull and
Cervical Vertebrae
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of the Scalp and
Muscles of Face.
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of the Bony Orbit,
Eye and Extraocular Muscles of
Eye
Understand roles and
structural and functional
relationships of the Ear,
Temporomandibular Joint
39
Revision
40-41
Second Sessional Examination
42
Study Holidays
43-44
Professional Examination
Reference Books
1. Inderbir Singh, Textbook Of Human Osteology, Jaypee Brothers, 1990 (ISBN No.
817179159X)
2. Ross & Wilson Anatomy & Physiology in health and illness.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
132 | P a g e
14.7.3 Course Title: Human Physiology and Biochemistry PT 1103
Course coordinator
Co-Faculty
Academic year
Email
:
:
:
:
Dr. Rasha Ali Abdel Razek Eldeeb
Prof. K.G Gomathi
2013-2014
[email protected],
[email protected]
Intended learning outcomes
Cognitive Domain
 Explain normal functions of all the organ systems
 Understand the interactions of organ systems to maintain homeostasis
 Understand the structure functional relationships of biomolecules
 Understand the molecular, cellular and metabolic processes occurring in the human
body.
Psychomotor Domain
 Perform experiments to assess sensory and motor systems
 Perform complete blood cell counts
 Record arterial blood pressure and examine the arterial pulse
 Interpret data obtained from hematological and clinical physiology experiments
 Distinguish between normal and abnormal data
Affective Domain
 Demonstrate an aptitude for independent study
 Demonstrate awareness to maintain ethical values in interactions with peers and
mentors
 Demonstrate inclination to team work
Student Assessment
Internal Assessment
(Quizzes, Sessional Examinations, Seminar, Laboratory Work, Record Work, Assignments)
Internal assessment
Theory
Practical
Viva voice
30 marks
80 marks
25 marks
15 marks
_______________________
Total 150 marks
_______________________
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
133 | P a g e
Teaching Schedule for Human Physiology
Term I
Week
1
2
3
Practical / Demonstration /
Seminar
Theory
Introduction to Human Physiology,
Transport Mechanisms
Study of Microscope
Introduction to Blood and Plasma
Proteins, RBCs & Hemoglobin
Hemocytometer
Anemias, WBCs & Immunity, Platelets
& Blood Coagulation
Enumeration of RBC Count
4
Blood Groups, Introduction to CVS,
Cardiac Muscle
Enumeration of RBC Count
5
Heart Rate, ECG, Cardiac Cycle & Heart
Sounds
Enumeration of WBC Count
6
7
8-10
11-12
13
14-15
Competency Gained
Understand the
concept of Human
Physiology Course
Able to use and handle
microscope
Able to perform total
counts and interpret
values
Able to perform total
counts and interpret
values;
Understand the
functions of blood cells
Understand the
cardiovascular
hemodynamics
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Cardiac Output, Arterial Blood Pressure
Circulatory Shock, Introduction to
Respiratory System, Mechanics of
Respiration, Gas diffusion, Gas
tensions and Gas transports,
Regulation of Breathing, Respiratory
Disorders & Lung function tests
Enumeration of WBC Count
Differential Leucocyte
Count, Hemoglobin
Estimation, Blood Indices
Introduction to Renal System, Nephron
& RBF, GFR & Tubular Functions, Body
Fluid Volume Regulation, Electrolyte
Balance & Micturition
Absolute Eosinophil, Count
Blood groups
Muscle structure, Mechanism of
muscle contraction, Neuro Muscular
Transmission
Recording of Arterial Blood
Pressure
Revisions
Fragility RBC
(Demonstration)
16-17
18-19
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Determine the Arterial
Blood Pressure
Understand the
respiratory mechanics
in normal health and
disease
Understand the
mechanics of renal
system, GFR & Tubular
functions
Know the mechanism
of muscle contraction,
transmission, able to
record blood pressure
& examine arterial
pulse
Fall Semester Break
First Sessional Examination
134 | P a g e
Term II
20
21
22
23
Nerve Biophysics
Synaptic Transmission, Properties of
Synapse
Sensory Receptors, Ascending Sensory
Tracts
Reflex Action & Properties of Reflexes,
Motor Tracts
24
Spinal Cords & Lesions, Thalamus
25
Basal Ganglia & Cerebellum
26
Reticular Formation, EEG, Sleep
27
Cerebral Cortex, Hypothalamus, Limbic
System
Effect of Exercise on
Blood Pressure
Effect of Posture on Blood
Pressure
Examination of Sensory
System
Examination of Superficial
Reflexes
Examination of Deep
Reflexes
Revision of Sensory
Examination & Reflexes
Examination of Motor
System
28
Posture Regulation, Physiology of Eye
Examination of Cranial
Nerves I-VI
29
Hearing, Chemical Senses
Examination of Cranial
Nerves VII-XII
30 - 31
Understand the concept
of nerve biophysics
Know the properties of
Synapse
Understand Sensory
Receptors
Able to test motor
system
Able to test reflexes
Understand how
voluntary movements
are executed and
controlled
Able to test sensory
system
Able to test cranial
nerves, know the special
senses
Able to test cranial
nerves, know the special
senses
Spring Semester Break
32
Digestive Secretions & GI Motility
BT & CT
Understand the
mechanics of digestive
secretions & the
functions of GI tract
33
34
Introduction to Endocrines
Pituitary Gland
35
Thyroid, Parathyroid
Understand the role of
hormones in
homeostasis
36
Adrenal Cortex, Adrenal Medulla,
Revision of Cranial Nerves
Record Work Completion
Revision Blood
Experiments
Revision of Clinical
Physiology Experiments
37
Male Reproductive System
38
Female Reproductive System
Know the functions of
Male Reproductive
System
Know the functions of
Male Reproductive
System
39
Revision
40-41
Second Sessional Examination
42
Study Holidays
43-44
Professional Examination
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
135 | P a g e
Teaching schedule for Biochemistry
Term I
Week
Lecture Topics
Competency Gained
Orientation
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Introduction to biomolecules
Awareness of the various biomolecules
present in the body and their functions
Amino acid structure and properties
Amino acid classification
Understanding of the roles
Organization of protein structure-primary structure
and structure-function
Organization of protein structure-secondary structure relationships of amino acids and
proteins
Organization of protein structure-tertiary structure,
protein folding and denaturation
Structure of collagen
Understanding of the roles
Plasma proteins structure and functions
and structure-function
relationships of special
Immunoglobulins: Structure & Function
proteins
Hemoglobin -structure and functions
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Myoglobin- structure and functions
Understanding of the roles
and structure-function
Muscle proteins structure and function
relationships of muscle
Other contractile proteins
proteins
Structure and classification of carbohydrates
Physiologically important monosaccharides and
Understand the structure and functions
disaccharides
of carbohydrates
Polysaccharides: structure and functions
Classification and properties of fatty acids
Chemistry of TAG and phospholipids
Understanding of the structure and
Chemistry of glycolipids
functions of lipids and lipoproteins
Chemistry of steroids
Chemistry of lipoproteins
Enzymes classification
Enzymes-General properties
Enzyme kinetics
Understanding of enzyme properties,
mechanism, roles in the body and uses in
Mechanism of action of Enzymes
diagnosis
Diagnostic enzymology
Revision
16-17
18-19
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Fall Semester Break
First Sessional Examination
136 | P a g e
Term II
Nucleosides and nucleotides
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30 - 31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
Structure and functions of DNA and RNA
Understanding of the roles of nucleotides
such as ATP; DNA and RNA structure and
function
Nutrition and energy balance
Macronutrients-requirements and functions of
Understanding of the basic concepts
carbohydrates and lipids
underlying nutrition and energy balance
Macronutrients-requirements and functions of
proteins
Fat soluble vitamins and their roles-A
Fat soluble vitamins and their roles-D,E &K
Biochemical Roles of B1, 2, 3
Understanding of the roles of vitamins in
Biochemical Roles of Pantothenic acid, Biotin and
the body
Pyridoxine
Biochemical Roles of Folic acid and B12
Biochemical Roles of Vitamin C
Metabolism of Ca, P and Mg
Metabolism of Fe and Cu
Understanding of the roles of minerals in
the body
Metabolism of Zn, Se and F
Metabolism of Co, Cr
Pyruvate dehydrogenase reaction, TCA cycle and
ETC
Understanding of the importance of
Gluconeogenesis
carbohydrate and energy metabolism and
glucose homeostasis
Glycogen metabolism
Glucose homeostasis
Digestion, absorption and oxidation of fatty acids
Spring Semester Break
Synthesis of fatty acids
Understanding of the basic concepts of
Metabolism of ketone bodies
lipid metabolism and its importance for the
Metabolism of cholesterol
body
Metabolism of lipoproteins
Amino acid pool and Metabolic reactions of amino
acids
Understanding of the basic concepts
Metabolism of ammonia and functions of urea
underlying amino acid metabolism and
Catabolism of carbon skeletons of amino acids
metabolic integration
Important amino acid derived substances
Metabolic integration
Purine and pyrimidine metabolism
Understanding of the basic concepts of
nucleotide and heme metabolism
Heme metabolism
Kidney function tests,
Understanding of the basic concepts
Water and electrolyte and Acid-base balance
underlying tests performed in the clinical
chemistry laboratory
Liver function tests
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
137 | P a g e
39
40-41
42
43-44
Revision
Second Sessional Examination
Study Holidays
Professional Examination
Reference Books (PHYSIOLOGY)
1. Vander, Human Physiology, Hill Publisher, 10th edition (ISBN - 0750652411)
Reference Books (BIOCHEMISTRY)
1. Shetty, Beena V., M. Nandini, Pai Vinima Ramnath, Biochemistry for Physiotherapy & Allied
Health Sciences 1st Ed. (ISBN – 9788184483383)
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
138 | P a g e
14.7.4 Course Title: Basic Medical Electronics & Computer Application PT 1104
Course Coordinator
:
Academic Year
E-mail
:
:
Dr. Meena Varma
Mr. Suraj K Sebastian
2013-2014
[email protected],
[email protected]
Intended Learning Outcomes
Cognitive Domain









Recall the basic anatomy of computers and describe the parts
Identify and describe major areas of computer hardware and software
Describe the fundamental principles of Physics used in explaining the working of
instruments used in different therapeutic modalities.
Identify the components in the circuit diagram of various therapeutic instruments.
Describe the principle and working of therapeutic instruments used in the
Physiotherapy laboratories.
Apply the theory of semiconductors in explaining the working principle of various
instruments.
List the risk associated with using electricity driven instruments and the precautions
to be done to increase the safety of the patient and the physiotherapist.
Identify various tools in computers which will be able to help you work
professionally.
Describe and use of Software, Operating System and Applications
(Emphasis should be given to theoretical part without mathematical derivation,
However final formula must be written)
Psychomotor Domain




Demonstrate appropriate use of software applications
Design and develop applications using database and process information
Demonstrate the ability to identify possible malfunction in therapeutic equipments
Demonstrate the ability to use office applications and other applications in the field
of medical electronics.
(Emphasis is given only to generation, circuit diagram and testing of apparatus)
Affective Domain



Use of proper licensed software.
Maintain quality and standards of equipment as per international standards.
Use of software and hardware according to policy given.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
139 | P a g e
Student Assessment
Internal Assessment
Sessional Examination, Class Tests, Seminar, Assignments.
Theory
Internal assessment
80 marks
20marks
______________________
Total 100 marks
_______________________
Teaching schedule for Basic Medical Electronics and Computer applications
Term I
Week
Theory
1
Fundamentals of
Computer, Electron
Theory, Current Electricity
2
Computer hardware –
Introduction, Rheostat,
Combination of Resisters
3
4
5
Components of computer,
Electrical energy, Thermal
effect, Solution of
Numerical Questions.
Computer Software,
Chemical Effect of
Electricity, Electro
chemical reactions and
cells
Internet and World Wide
Web, Guide line in
purchasing a PC, Note
book and Tablets, Power
supply, A.C
Practical / Demonstration
/ Seminar
Introduction to anatomy
of computers and working
various parts
Windows dataset base
applications, word
processing input and
output of data
Identify various parts and its uses, Ability
to apply the basic principles
Computer data processing, Selection of
suitable combination of resistors
Computer data processing; Working
and basic principles Apply the thermal
effect of electricity in explaining the
working of different instruments
Installing antivirus,
updating of computers
and compute basic care
Computer basic care and updation of
software Decide the type of batteries to
be used in various instruments based on
the application
Hands on windows
operating system
Efficient techniques for find the web
contents & skills of buying computers
and IT Gadgets Chose the power supply
and identify the advantages and risk
while using ac current
6
7
Competency Gained
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Introduction to office
2007, Keyboard and
keyboard shortcuts, Basic
operation in Word,
Capacitor, Grouping of
capacitors
Microsoft Word
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Chose proper capacitors in different
therapeutic modality instruments.
Working and basic principles
140 | P a g e
8
Class tests, Electric Shock
9
Formatting paragraph and
characters, Magnetic
effect of current and its
application.
Microsoft Word
10
File management using
word, Magnetism, ,Main
power supply – Earthing,
types of plug, switches
Microsoft Word
11
12
13
14
15
Inserting and formatting
clip art, AC electricity –
sinusoidal waveform,
frequency, wavelength,
amplitude and phase of a
sine wave, average and
RMS value of a sine wave.
Creating and formatting
tables, Electro Magnetic
induction and its
application.
Hyperlink, Styling the
document, Creating and
formatting index,
Transformer & its
application.
Computer Lab Activity &
Class Test, Solving of
numerical Questions.
Take proper precaution while working
with instruments in the lab to improve
the safety of patient and the
physiotherapist. Working and basic
principles
Chose proper instruments and the
precautions to safeguard against risk
while working with the instruments.
Working and basic principles
Making presentation, typing letter and
using office as tool for day to day work,
Apply magnetic principles in selecting
materials for various instruments.
Working and basic principles
Microsoft Word
Apply the principles in selecting
instruments Working and basic
principles
Microsoft Word
Apply the principles of EMI in explaining
the working of various instruments.
Working and basic principles
Microsoft Word
Chose the transformer based on the use.
Working and basic principles
Microsoft Word
Use the knowledge to solve specific
problems. Working and basic principles
Class test, Demonstration
of Instruments
16- 17
18-19
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Use the principles learned in explaining
the working of instruments. Working
and basic principles
Fall Semester Break
First Sessional Examination
141 | P a g e
Term II
Introduction to power point,
Creating the presentation and slide
show, Using design templates and
text slide lay out, Thermionic valves
Demonstration, Microsoft
Power Point
21
Applications of thermionic valves
Demonstration of various
parts, Microsoft Power
Point
22
Shapes and pictures, Working with
header and footer Semi-Conductor
theory
Demonstration of various
parts, Microsoft Power
Point
23
Slide Transition, Using outline tab
and clip art, Animation, Working
with the background,
Semiconductor diodes
Demonstration of various
parts, Microsoft Power
Point
24
Computer Lab Activity, Transistor
Application & I.C
Demonstration of various
parts, Microsoft Power
Point
25
Class test, Special devices
Demonstration of various
parts,
26
A.C & D.C Meters, Formatting the
worksheet, Introduction to spread
sheet
Demonstration of various
parts, Microsoft Excel
20
27
Cathode ray Oscilloscope and Multi
meter
28
Creating a chart, Fill effects,
Modified Direct Current for
Treatment.
29
Using Functions and formulas,
Worksheets
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Visit to lab and hands on
experience to test various
machines, Microsoft
Excel
Visit to lab and hands on
experience to test various
machines, Microsoft
Excel
Visit to lab and hands on
experience to test various
machines, Microsoft
Excel
Working and basic
principles, selection of
instruments
Working and basic
principles, Chose the
instruments based on the
application
Working and basic
principles, Chose the
instruments based on the
application
Working and basic
principles, Chose the
instruments based on the
application
Working and basic
principles
with examples Chose the
instruments based on the
application,
Apply the basic principles
in the selection of
instruments and
correcting the defects.
Working
principles with uses
Apply the principles in
using the instruments to
detect the working
Apply the principles in
using instruments
Testing and knowhow of
Circuit diagram
142 | P a g e
30 - 31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
Data Analysis, Dynamo
Spring Semester Break
Working on Data Analysis
techniques, Microsoft
Excel
Computer Lab Activity, Electro
therapeutics modality
Class Test, Short wave diathermy.
Data Processing, Class Test., Pulsed
SWD
Data Processing Methods,
Microwave diathermy
Class Test, Inferred and Ultraviolet
Radiation
Use of Proper licensed software,
Laser.
Ethics of IT User, Principle of
Nebulizer.
Introduction to share point,
Demonstration of Electrotherapeutic Instruments,
Maintenance of quality of
instruments
39
40-41
42
43-44
Hands on experience
Hands on experience
Hands on experience
Application of principles to
explain the working of
instruments
Basic theory of
therapeutic modalities
Basic theory of
therapeutic modalities
Basic theory of
therapeutic modalities
Basic theory of
therapeutic modalities
Basic theory of
therapeutic modalities
Basic theory of
therapeutic modalities
User guidance about
software licensing and
software piracy
Basic theory of
therapeutic modalities , IT
user Ethical knowledge
Revision
Second Sessional Examination
Study Holidays
Professional Examination
Reference Books
1. Electronics & Magnetism by Brijlal & Subramanyam
2. Therapeutic Electricity by Sydney Litch
3. Clayton’s Electrotherapy- Theory and Practice Forster and Palastanga, Ninth Edition
4. How Computers Work: Millenium Edition by Ron White & Timoty Downs
5. Essentials of Computer for Nurses
6. The personal computer from inside out, The Programmers Guide to low level Pc
Hardware and Software by Murray, Iii Sargent
7. Electronic Fundamentals & Applications by John D. Ryder
8. Shelly G.B, Vermaat M.E., & Cashman T.J(2008).Microsoft office 2007:Introductor
concepts and techniques[ course card edition 2/e]. Manson, OH: Thomson/Course
Technology.
9. Medical Information on the Internet: A Guide for Health Professionals,
3edition[Paperback] Robert Kiley
10. Ethics in information technology 4th edition George W Reynolds).
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
143 | P a g e
14.7.5 Course Title: Physiotherapy Orientation PT 1106
Course Coordinator
Co-Faculty
Academic Year
Email
:
:
:
:
Mr. K. Praveen Kumar
Mr. Rashij
2013-2014
[email protected]
[email protected]
Intended Learning Outcomes
Cognitive Domain
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:





Acquire knowledge about major events in the history of the physical therapy
profession in the twentieth century.
Comprehend the principles of various physical and therapeutic modalities.
Understand the use of electro physical modalities and exercise in the rehabilitation
process.
Identify the indications and contra-indication of electrotherapy and exercise
Outline various modes of treatment using electro physical modalities.
Psychomotor Domain
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:


Skillfully demonstrate passive, active assisted, active free and resisted exercises
Identify selection of appropriate electro physical modality in the treatment of
physical dysfunction.
Affective Domain
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:






Demonstrate the ability to apply therapeutic modalities with consideration of safety
and comfort of the model.
Interactive classroom sessions using black board and audio-visual aids.
Using the available technology and resources for e-learning.
Students will be focused on self-learning, practical learning and clinical exposure
facilitated by the faculty.
Students will be enabled for continuous evaluation.
Case study, group discussions, role-plays and simulation exercises.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
144 | P a g e
Teaching schedule for introduction to physical therapy
Term – I
Week
1
2-3
4-5
Theory
8-9
10-12
13-15
Competency Gained
Illustrate major events in
the history of the physical
therapy profession in the
twentieth century
ORIENTATION
-History of physical therapy
-Scope of physical therapy
Role of physical therapy
General
considerations,
principles of treatment –
methods and effects
An introduction to exercise
therapy – goals of exercise
therapy, techniques of
exercise therapy
6
7
Practical
Gains insight to the
significance of physical
therapy in patient care
Understanding
the
significance of exercise in
patient care
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Basic theory of electrical
modalities – heat, cold, ultra
sound, electrical simulation,
laser.
Joint mobility
Introduction, classification of
joints, limitation of joint range
of motion, mobilizing
methods, Hip, Knee and Ankle
Introduction ROM
Goniometry
Massage
-Definition
-Aim of massage
-Physiological effects of
massage
-Therapeutic uses of massage
-Contraindications of massage
16-17
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
List the physical agents
used in physical therapy
and its significance
Demonstration –
Anatomical movement
Understand the movement
of each joint its plane and
axes
Demonstration the
normal ROM of each
point
Familiarize with
instruments, methods used
and normal ROM of each
joint
Demonstrate massage
technique
List the indications and
contraindications,
Effects of massage
Fall Semester Break
145 | P a g e
Term - II
18-19
20-22
23-25
26-27
28-29
First Sessional Examination
Passive exercise
Definition, classification,
principles,
Effects and uses of passive
movements
Active assisted
Definition, classification,
techniques, effects and uses of
active movements
Active free
Definition, classification,
techniques, effects and uses of
active assisted movements
Hydro therapy
Definition, indications,
contraindications, dangers and
precautions
30-31
Demonstrate the passive
mobilization and relaxed
passive movement
technique
List its effects, indications
and contraindications
Demonstrate the active
assisted exercises
List its effects, indications
and contraindications
Demonstrate the active
free exercises
List its effects, indications
and contraindications
Demonstrate how water
can act as medium for
assistance and resistance
List its effects, indications
and contraindications
Spring Semester Break
Introduction to Biomechanics,
Mechanical principles
Therapist and position
33-34
Definition of Biomechanics, Axis
and planes, kinematics, kinetics,
gravity, center of gravity, line of
gravity, base of support
Internal and external
forces during movement
35-36
Equilibrium, fixation and
stabilization, force and its types
Angle of pull of muscle,
Assistance and resistance
to movements
32
37-38
Revision
39-40
Second Sessional Examination
41-42
Study Holidays
43-44
Professional Examination
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Understand the
importance of different
positions
Understanding different
internal and external
forces acting on human
body
Gain competency and
understand the angle of
pull, assistive and
resistive movements
146 | P a g e
14.7.6 Course Title: Clinical Education PT 1107
Course Coordinator
Co-Faculty
Academic Year
Email
:
:
:
:
Mr. Kumaraguruparan Gopal
Mrs. Annamma Mathew
2013-2014
[email protected],
[email protected]
Intended Learning Outcomes
Cognitive Domain







Understand the role of effective communication in physical therapy practice.
Describe the various type of nonverbal communication.
Understand the principles of communicating with a patient.
Identify terminology, abbreviations and phrases used by medical practitioners.
Identify terms specific to physical therapy.
Understand the position of each part of the body in fundamental positions.
Understand the psychosocial factors affecting physical therapy practice.
Psychomotor Domain




Apply the principles of verbal and non-verbal communication in identification of
emotions and gauge level of confidence.
Utilize non verbal skills to communicate with somebody who speaks a different
language.
Use the concepts of fundamental positions to derive new positions.
Use medical terminology in documentation and communication with colleagues and
doctors.
Affective Domain


Accept the moral and ethical obligation to optimize physical therapy practice by
utilizing the principles of communication.
Respect accepted medical protocols regarding the confidentiality of patient’s
medical information communicated.
Teaching schedule for Clinical Education
Term – II
Week
23
Theory
Practical
The
process
of
communication,
Communication
communication competence,
interaction
with
Importance
of
patient
communication
skills
in
dealing with a patient
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Competency Gained
lab: Communicate with a
mock patient / mock patient
competently
147 | P a g e
24
Elements
of
human
perception, role of emotion Group discussion
in communication
25
Types
of
communication
26-27
non-verbal
Nature and impact of
language, Improving listening
skills,
supportive
and
defensive communication
28
Introduction
terminology
to
medical
29
Body
structure
–
pathological, diagnostic and
therapeutic
terms,
abbreviations
30-31
32
33
34-35
36
Universal sign language
Actively participate in
group discussion, present
and discuss ideas
Communicate
nonverbally to understand
and transmit
Public speaking, students to
prepare short 5 minute Effectively
plan
and
current topic for public execute public speaking
speaking
Correct spelling and
Read, write and pronounce
pronunciation
of
terms
terminology
Given a medical term,
spell pronounce, define,
Flash
cards
with
identify word parts and
abbreviations and meanings
correctly use the term or
complete a statement
Spring Semester Break
Nervous
system,
Cardiovascular
system,
Musculoskeletal
system- Flash
cards
with
pathologic, diagnostic and abbreviations and meanings
therapeutic
terms,
abbreviations
Given an oral exam of
sentences which include
medical terms, correctly
pronounce each term and
explain the meaning of
sentences
Given a term, spell
pronounce,
define,
Terminology used in physical Flash
cards
with
identify word parts and
therapy
abbreviations and meanings
correctly use the term or
complete a statement
Demonstration and practice Position a patient / model
Fundamental positions,
of fundamental and derived in
fundamental
and
Derived positions
positions
derived position
Psychosocial
factors
in
Utilize principles in mock
Group discussion
physical therapy practice
patient interaction
37-38
Revision
39-40
Second Sessional Examination
41-42
Study Holidays
43-44
Professional Examination
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
148 | P a g e
14.7.7 Course Title: Electrotherapy PT 2101
Course Coordinator
Co-Faculty
Academic Year
E-mail
:
:
:
:
Mr. Kumaraguruparan Gopal
Mrs. Annamma Mathew
II Year
[email protected],
[email protected]
Intended Learning Outcomes
Cognitive Domain
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:




Understand the principles of various electro physical modalities
Understand the diagnostic use of electro physical modalities and the ability to
interpret them
Identify the indications and contra-indication of electro physical modalities
Outline various modes of treatment using electro physical modalities
Psychomotor Domain
At the end of the course the student should be able to:



Perform and interpret electro diagnostic evaluations
Identify the appropriate electro physical modality in the treatment of physical
dysfunction.
Demonstrate the treatment procedures by using electro physical modalities
Affective Domain
At the end of the course the student should be able to:

Apply the selected electrotherapy modality with consideration of safety, patient
comfort and evidence-based practice
Student Assessment
Internal Assessment
Sessional Examination, Class Tests, Seminar, Assignments
Final Assessment
Theory
Practical
Viva voce
Internal assessment
100 marks
40 marks
20 marks
40 marks
_______________________
Total 200 marks
_______________________
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
149 | P a g e
Teaching schedule for Electrotherapy
Term I
Week
Theory
Lab Activity
1
Introduction to electrotherapy and orientation to labs
2
Basics physics and physiology of
nerve and muscle
3
Introduction to L.F Currentseffects of LF Currents on tissues
Physiological effects of muscle
stimulation, Pain, Wound Healing
with Electrotherapy
4
Faradic currents other short and
long duration currents
5
Electromagnetic radiations and
its therapeutic usage
Introduction to high frequency
current and thermotherapy
6
7-8
9
10-11
Short Wave Diathermy and
Pulsed shortwave Diathermy
Microwave diathermy
Therapeutic Ultrasound and
Sonophoresis
Direct Currents and
Iontophoresis
Motor Point Stimulation,
Faradism under pressure
Faradic Foot Bath
CBL on peripheral nerve injuries
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Competency Gained
Understand the basic
physiology of nerve and
the muscle
Identify the parts of
neuromuscular
stimulator
Identify different wave
forms and its significant
Instructor
demonstrates,
students observe then
practice.
Pear discussion about
the effects
Identify the motor points
in upper and lower limb
Pear demonstration of
muscular stimulation by
using faradic current
Small group discussion
Explain the
electromagnetic spectrum
Describe the laws
governing
electromagnetic radiations
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Instructor
demonstrate, students
observe then practice
the methods of
Application
Instructor
demonstrates,
students listen and
observe the
procedural steps in
application of UST
Instructor
demonstrates,
Students listen and
observe
Pear practice with
supervision
Demonstrate the methods
of SWD application
Describe the different
methods of application
Demonstrate the use of
different frequencies in
Therapeutic Ultrasound
Explain the therapeutic
and physiological effects
of direct current
Demonstrate the methods
of application of direct
current for various
conditions
150 | P a g e
Heat and cold
Therapeutic conduction heating
12-14
-
15
Paraffin wax and moist
heat therapy
Contrast bath
Cold therapy
Seminar and class test (theory
and Practical)
16-17
18 -19
Instructor explains,
students observe the
history taking and
assessment, thermal
skin sensation testing
Small group discussion
and pear practice
Pear practice on
neuromuscular
stimulation, SWD and
UST
Fall Semester Break
First Sessional Examination
Demonstrate history
taking and assessment,
thermal skin sensation
testing
Demonstrate the methods
of application of wax,
moist heat pack and
cryotherapy
Demonstrate the practical
application of low
frequency currents
Term – II
20
21
22- 24
25
26
Theories of pain (Pain Perception)
Modalities that use principles of
Electromagnetic radiations
Electro diagnosis
- Galvanic Faradic test
- Strength Duration curve
Sinusoidal currents and
Diadynamic currents, TENS
Middle frequency currents
CBL on TENS and IFT
Orientation about the
modalities working
based on the
principles of
electromagnetic
radiations
Instructor
demonstrates,
students listen and
observe
Pear practice of the
diagnostic procedures
Instructor
demonstrates,
Students observe then
practice with pears
Understand the pain gate
theory and mechanism of
pain reduction
Differentiate innervated
and denervated nerves
Demonstrate the practical
procedures of FG test and
SD curve
Demonstrate the method
of application of TENS and
IFT
Electro diagnosis:
Electromyography and
Introduction to Biofeedback
Instructor
demonstrates,
Students listens and
observe about the
recording of EMG
Describe the nerve
conduction velocity test
Seminar and class test
Small group
presentation
Demonstration of electro
diagnostic test and
application of TENS and IFT
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
151 | P a g e
27-28
29
Infrared radiation Therapy
CBL on IRR with evidence
LASER
CBL on LASER with evidence
30 - 31
Instructor
demonstrates,
Students observe then
practice with pears
Small group discussion
Instructor
demonstrates,
Students observe then
practice with pears
Small group discussion
on evidence based
practice
Spring Semester Break
Magneto therapy
Fango Therapy
Small group discussion
33-34
Ultraviolet radiations
CBL on UVR with evidence
Small group discussion
35-37
Case- based Learning, Poster
presentation, seminars on IRR,
MWD, UVR, LASER
Small group discussion
32
38-39
Demonstrate the method
of application of IRR
Demonstrate the current
method of application of
LASER
Understand the
physiological and
therapeutic effects of
magneto therapy
Demonstrate the method
of test dose calculation and
application of UVR
Effective communication
and presentation skills
Revision
40-41
Second Sessional Examination
42
Study Holidays
43-44
Professional Examination
Reference Books
1. Nelson M Roger, Clinical Electrotherapy , Appleton &Lange , 3rd Edition, 1999 (ISBN10: 083851491)
2. Kahn Joseph , Principles and Practice of Electrotherapy , Churchill Livingstone,4th
Edition , 2000 (ISBN-10: 0443065535)
3. Watson Tim, Electrotherapy: Evidence-based practice , Churchill Livingstone, 12th
Edition ,2008 (ISBN-10: 0443101795 )
4. Edward Fox John, Sharp Neil Tim, Practical Electrotherapy: A Guide to Safe
Application, Churchill Livingstone,1st Edition , 2007 (ISBN-10: 0443068550 )
5. Nalty Theresa, Sabbahi Mohammed A, Electrotherapy: Clinical Procedures Manual,
McGraw-Hill/Appleton & Lange, 2000 (ISBN-10: 0071343172 ).
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
152 | P a g e
14.7.8 Course Title: Exercise Therapy and Massage PT 2102
Course Coordinator
Co Faculty
:
:
Academic Year
E-mail
:
:
Mr. Rashij M
Mr. Kumaraguruparan Gopal &
Mrs. Annamma Mathew
II Year, 2013-2014
[email protected], [email protected],
[email protected]
Intended Learning Outcomes
Cognitive Domain










Recall the basic anatomy, physiology of the human being
Identify and describe major areas /aspects of physical function towards which
therapeutic exercise are directed.
Describe principles and goals of therapeutic exercise.
Analyze and interpret various movement evaluations.
Describe the objective measurement results (muscular strength/endurance, range or
motion) as a basis for developing individualized exercise program
Determine the appropriate therapeutic exercise plan and appropriate therapeutic
goals and objectives based on the initial assessment.
Describes the indications, contraindications, and principles for the incorporation and
application of various Therapeutic exercises.
Integrate the previous knowledge of anatomy and physiology in Therapeutic Exercise
and soft tissue mobilization techniques.
Describe the basic principles of different soft tissue mobilizations.
Identify indications and contra-indications of different soft tissue mobilizations.
Psychomotor Domain






Demonstrates appropriate methods of assessment /evaluation
Design an exercise program based on physical examination and evaluation.
Explicit procedures of applying therapeutic exercise techniques by the sequence of
patient's position, therapist's position, hand placement and direction of movement.
Demonstrates the appropriate application of therapeutic exercises techniques
Apply the basic techniques of different soft tissue mobilizations to some specific soft
tissues.
Demonstrate correct methods for documentation, utilizing SOAP note procedure.
Affective Domain



Respects the patient privacy during examination.
Accepts the moral and ethical obligation to provide therapeutic exercise to patient
/student model.
Respects, accepted medical protocols regarding the confidentiality of Patients
medical information.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
153 | P a g e
Student Assessment:
Internal Assessment
Sessional Examination, Class Tests, Seminar, Assignments.
Final Assessment
Theory
Practical
Viva voce
Internal assessment
100 marks
40 marks
20 marks
40 marks
______________________
Total 200 marks
______________________
Teaching Schedule for Exercise Therapy and Massage
Term I
Week
1
2
3-4
5
Theory
Introduction to Exercise
Therapy
Posture – Control of posture,
Factors influencing postures,
Documentation of postural
evaluation
Movements – Principles,
classifications, effects,
indications and contra
indications
Relaxation – Concepts,
Principles and Indications
6
7
Lab Activity
Competency Gained
Introduction to Exercise
Therapy Lab and
Therapeutic gym
Familiarize to the
therapeutic lab appliances,
tools, scales, equipment; its
roles, applications,
utilization for therapeutic
indications
Demonstration of
postural evaluation and
techniques of postural
correction
Evaluate and document
postural deviations and
perform postural correction
Demonstration of
Passive, Assisted and
Active movements
Analyze the therapeutic
purpose(s) and perform
various types of movements
Practice the techniques
of general and local
relaxation
Understand and perform
relaxation techniques
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Activities of Daily Living –
Definitions, Principles and
Application
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Demonstrate evaluation and
training of daily living
activities
Analyze the daily living
activities and apply the
required modifications
using the knowledge of
Anatomy and
Biomechanics
154 | P a g e
8 - 10
Goniometry – Definitions,
Principles, Documentations
and Indications
Demonstrate the techniques
of joint ROM assessment
using goniometer and
associated tools
11
Limb Girth and Length
Measurements –
Anthropometry, Body types,
Principles, Documentations
and Indications
Demonstrate the techniques
of muscle mass and bone
length measurement
12
Assessment of Pulmonary
function, indications and
documentation
Grip strength assessment and
documentation
13-14
Introduction to neurological
assessment – muscle tone,
reflex, power, strength,
coordination, balance and
equilibrium
15
Hydrotherapy – Principles,
advantages, indications and
contraindications
16-17
18-19
Video Demonstration of
techniques and reading of
PFT
Perform goniometric
evaluation and
documentation of all the
joints of human body.
Perform limb girth and
length
Measurement and
documentation of the
same
Understand the concept
of PFT, its role in
diagnosis
Demonstration of hand
dynamometry in various
positions of upper limb
Perform and document
hand dynamometry
Demonstrate and practice
the basic evaluation
techniques for nervous
system
Understand, perform
and document the
neurological evaluation
tests and techniques
Video Demonstration of
various activities during
hydrotherapy sessions,
demonstration of whirlpool
therapy
Fall Semester Break
First Sessional Examination
Understand the concept
of hydrotherapy,
perform whirlpool
therapy sessions for
extremities
Term II
20-21
Locomotion – Gait
cycle, Kinetics and
kinematics,
parameters, forces,
evaluation and
abnormal gaits
Demonstration of various
phases of gait cycle,
pathological gaits, gait
evaluation techniques and
documentation
Perform gait evaluation,
analyze and document
gait the various
parameters using
standard scales and
charts
22-23
Manual Muscle Testing
– principles, grading,
indications and
precautions
Demonstrate the MMT
grading techniques of
manual muscle testing of all
the major muscles of human
body
Understand the concepts
of MMT, Perform and
document MMT grading
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
155 | P a g e
24-27
28
29
Exercises for strength,
power, skill, endurance
and function Principles, types,
indications,
contraindications
Exercises for mobility
and flexibility –
Principles, types,
indications,
contraindications
Exercises for
coordination and
balance – principles,
indications, precautions
30 - 31
32
33
34
35-36
Demonstration of various
types of Resistance
exercises, aerobic exercises,
group exercises and home
exercises
Demonstrations of
stretching techniques
Demonstrate the techniques
for improving the balance
and coordination
Analyze the indications
and apply strengthening
exercises of various
forms into practice
Perform and prescribe
various types of
stretching techniques
Prescribe and Perform
various equilibrium and
non-equilibrium
coordination exercises,
static and dynamic
balance exercises
Spring Semester Break
Manual Therapy –
Peripheral Joint
Mobilization, principles,
grading, indications,
contra indications,
precautions
Proprioceptive
Neuromuscular
Facilitation – concepts,
Principles, indication,
benefits and
applications
Suspension therapy –
Principles, types,
advantages,
disadvantages,
indications
Principles and
techniques of
breathing exercises &
Postural drainage,
indications, contra
indications,
precautions,
advantages, dosage
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Demonstration of Maitland’s
Joint Mobilization
Examine the joint status,
techniques on all the
classify and perform joint
peripheral joints of human
mobilization and
body
Demonstrate the various
techniques of PNF to
improve the ROM, stability
and functions of joints and
muscles
Perform both relaxation
and facilitation
techniques on human
body using the principles
of PNF
Demonstrate the various
types of suspension
techniques on both upper
and lower limbs
Perform suspension
therapy as per the
indications
Demonstration of both
inspiratory and expiratory
breathing exercises,
relaxation techniques,
postural drainage positions
for various lobes of the
lungs, its adjuncts, modified
positions and postures
Analyze the indications
and Perform various
breathing exercises,
postural drainage and its
adjuncts
156 | P a g e
37
38
Massage – Principles,
physiological and
therapeutic effects,
indication and contra
indications, techniques,
classifications and
application
Demonstration of various
massage techniques for
relaxation, promotion of
body tissue functions,
reducing edema etc.
Classify and perform
various massage
techniques as per
indications
Therapeutic
Gymnasium
Demonstrate the use of
various lab tools,
modifications of these
appliances for variety of
clinical indications
Apply the whole
concepts of exercise
therapy in to practice
using various equipment
available in the gym
39
Revision
40-41
Second Sessional Examination
42
Study Holidays
43-44
Final Professional Examination
Reference Books
1. Florence Peterson Kendall, Elizabath Kendall McCreary et al. Muscles Testing and
Function with posture and Pain. 5th Edition. Lippincott William and Wilkins, USA
2. Norkin C Cynthia, Joyce D. White, Measurement of Joint Motion: A Guide to
Goniometry. 3rd Edition. F. A. Davis Company
3. Domenico De Giovanni, Wood C.Elizabeth Beard's Massage Saunders, 4th Edition,
1997.
4. Frederic Delavier. Strength Training Anatomy. 3rd Edition. Human Kinetics; 2010
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
157 | P a g e
14.7.9 Course Title: Biomechanics of Human Motion PT 2103
Course Coordinator
Co-Faculty
Academic Year
E-mail
:
:
:
:
Mr. K. Praveen Kumar
Ms. Siva Priya
II Year, 2013-2014
[email protected],
[email protected]
Intended Learning Outcomes
Cognitive domain
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:












Define biomechanics and understand its role in the study of human movement.
Describe the various quantitative methods of movement analysis.
Comprehend application of various biomechanical principles in the evaluation and
treatment of disorders of the musculoskeletal system.
Integrate previous knowledge of human body structures to understand both the
normal and abnormal biomechanics.
Describe motions of the body during typical activities
Identify which muscles are responsible for controlling movement
Quantify the forces acting on the body during normal and abnormal movement.
Apply principles from the fields of physics, engineering, anatomy and physiology to
analyze motion of the human body and to describe the forces acting upon the
various body segments during normal daily activities.
Identify and assess normal human movement.
Identify kinematic variables in human movement and apply kinematics in analyzing
human movement.
Identify kinetic variables in human movement and demonstrate competency in using
different types of kinetic relationships to analyze human movement.
Acquire a sound theoretical knowledge of different force systems acting on human
joints.
Psychomotor domain






Analyze and recommend corrective measures for gait deviations.
Recommend appropriate assistive devices for patients with physical dysfunction
taking biomechanical factors into consideration
Able to analyze a movement biomechanically using appropriate mathematical
formulas.
Using the knowledge of joint biomechanics for assessment and interpretation of
various conditions of patients
Identify structural and mechanical factors that affect successful performance in
selected fundamental movement patterns.
Apply the principles of biomechanics in the qualitative analysis of several
fundamental movement patterns.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
158 | P a g e
Affective Domain

Respects the student privacy during practical examination

Accepts the moral and ethical obligation to provide Biomechanical principles to
patient /student model.
Respects, accepted medical protocols regarding the confidentiality of Patients
medical information.

Teaching Schedule for Biomechanics of Human Motion
Term I
Week
Theory
Lab Activity
1
Introduction to Biomechanics
Therapist and position
2
Definition of mechanics, force,
acting on the human body.
Internal and external
forces during movement
3
Concurrent to Coplanar and
Parallel forces, Composition
and Resolution of forces.
Angle of pull of muscle,
Assistance and resistance
to movements
4
Momentum action
Momentum of a force
and practical
application
5
Introduction to Biomechanics
Therapist and position
6
7
8-9
10-11
12
13
14-15
Competency Gained
Understand the importance of
different positions.
Understanding different
internal and external forces
acting on human body.
Gain competency and
Understand the angle of
pull, assistive and resistive
movements.
Develop knowledge
regarding momentum of
force and its application.
Understand the importance of
different positions.
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Gravity: Definition, Line of
Gravity, Centre of gravity
Practical Application
during standing
Equilibrium - supporting base.
Stability
Stability
Equilibrium
Energy Work and Power:
Potential and kinetic energy.
Levers, Tools and other
mechanical devices:
Kinetic energy
Mechanical devices
Elasticity: Definition, Stress,
Strain, Properties of springs,
Suspension therapy
Mechanics of muscle - types of
contraction, angle of pull,
action of muscles.
Practical Applications of
Different muscle action
16-17
Fall Semester Break
18-19
First Sessional Examination
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Understanding the effect
of gravity and its
implications on human
body.
Understanding the role of
stability and equilibrium in
human body
Understand kinetic energy
in relation to human body
Use the tools with
different types of pulleys.
Gain knowledge and be
competent to use
suspension therapy.
Understating types of
muscles, action of muscles
and angle of pull
159 | P a g e
Term II
20
Biomechanics of joints –
Scapulothoracic joint, SC & AC
joints
Scapulothoracic Joint
Mechanics and
Practical applications
of SC & AC joint
Mechanics
Practical applications
of Shoulder joint
Mechanics
21-22
Biomechanics of joints – Shoulder
complex.
23 -24
Biomechanics of joints – Elbow
complex.
Practical applications
of Elbow complex
25-26
Biomechanics of joints – Wrist
complex.
Practical applications
of Wrist complex
27-29
Biomechanics of joints – Hand
complex.
Practical applications
of Hand complex
30 - 31
Understand the normal and
abnormal biomechanics of
Shoulder joint.
Understand the normal and
abnormal biomechanics of
Elbow complex.
Normal and abnormal
biomechanics of Wrist
complex.
Understand the normal and
abnormal biomechanics of
Hand complex.
Spring Semester Break
32
Biomechanics of joints – Hip
complex.
Practical applications
of Hip complex
33
Biomechanics of joints – Knee
joint.
Practical applications
of Knee joint
Biomechanics of joints – Foot and
ankle.
Practical applications
of Foot and ankle
36
Walking Aids
Practical applications
of walking aids
37
Biomechanics of joints – TMJ joint.
Practical applications
of TMJ joint
38
Biomechanics of joints – thorax
and rib cage.
Practical applications
of Thorax and rib
cage
34-35
Understand the normal and
abnormal biomechanics of
scapulothoracic joint, SC &
AC joints.
39
Understand the normal and
abnormal biomechanics of
Hip complex.
Understand the normal and
abnormal biomechanics of
Knee joint.
Understand the normal and
abnormal biomechanics of
Foot and ankle.
Understand the normal and
abnormal biomechanics of
walking and walking aids.
Understand the normal and
abnormal biomechanics of
TMJ joint.
Understand normal and
abnormal biomechanics of
Thorax and rib cage.
Revision
40-41
Second Sessional Examination
42
Study Holidays
43-44
Final Professional Examination
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
160 | P a g e
Reference Books:
1. Panjabi Manohar M, White Augustus A, Biomechanics of Musculoskeletal System,
Churchill Livingstone, New York, 2001.(ISBN 0-443-06585-3)
2. LeVeau Barney F, Biomechanics of Human Motion,W.B. Saunders Philadelphia,
1992.(ISBN 0-7216-5743-5)
3. Nordin Margareta, Frankel Victor H, Basic Biomechanics of Musculoskeletal System,
Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, 2001. (ISBN 0-683-30247-7)
4. Valmassy Ronald L, Clinical Biomechanics of Lower extremities, Mosby, St.Louis,
1996. (ISBN 0-8016-7986-9)
5. Craik Rebecca L, Oatis Carol A, Gait Analysis, Mosby, St.Louis, 995. (ISBN 0-80166964-2)
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
161 | P a g e
14.7.10 Course Title: Microbiology PT 2104
Course Coordinator
Co Faculty
Academic Year
Email
:
:
:
:
Dr. Ramesh Ranganathan
Ms. Devapriya
II Year 2013-2014
[email protected]
Intended Learning Outcomes
Cognitive Domain
 Demonstrate understanding of infections of national and regional importance
including diseases in other parts of the world.
 List microbes causing human infections, their transmission mode and pathogenesis
 Understand method of sterilization & disinfection and demonstrate understanding of
Universal Safety Precautions.
Psychomotor Domain
 Demonstrates appropriate use of USP while dealing with patients.
 Demonstrates understanding of the basic principles of functioning of a clinical
microbiology laboratory.
Affective Domain
 Accepts the moral obligation for observing USP.
Student Assessment:Internal Assessment
Sessional Examination, Class Tests, Seminar, Assignments.
Final Assessment
Theory
Viva voce
Internal assessment
70 marks
10 marks
20 marks
______________________
Total 100 marks
_______________________
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
162 | P a g e
Teaching Schedule for Microbiology
Term I
Week
Theory
Clinical Competency Gained
General Bacteriology
Introduction to Microbiology
1
Universal safety precautions
2
Morphology and classification of
Bacteria
Growth and physiology of bacteria
3
Sterilization & Disinfection
4
Visit to Micro Lab
Methods of Staining
Visit to Micro Lab
Culture media and methods
5
Infection & Host Parasite
relationship
6
Robert Koch
Louis Pasteur
Koch’s postulates
Define- Biohazard, nosocomial
infections
Personal protective equipments, hand
washing, waste disposal
Size, Shape, Typical bacterial cell,
Classification, staining methods, Gram
stain, ZN stain
Spores, Capsule, flagella, Fimbriae
Bacterial growth curve, factors
affecting growth, methods to measure
the growth
Classification
Definitions
Autoclave
Hot air oven
Common disinfectants / antiseptics used
in hospital
Microscope
Gram Stain / ZN stain
Bacterial Taxonomy
Autoclave, Hot air oven
Cultural Characters & Media
Techniques of Bacterial Culture
Isolation & Identification of Bacteria
Bio Chemical Characters
Meaning of different terms
Modes of infections
Sources of infections
Routes of infection
Exo & endo toxins
Virulence factors
Eid Al Adha Holidays
7
Bacterial genetics
8
Antimicrobial resistance and
Susceptibility testing
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Basic concepts of genetic mechanisms
seen in bacteria
Various mechanisms of resistance seen
in bacteria. Testing methods to detect
them.
163 | P a g e
Immunology
Introduction to immunologyImmunity & Classification
9
Immune system & response
Complement system
10
Antigens & Antibodies
11
Serological reactions
12
13
Hypersensitivity reactions
Classification & examples
Staphylococcus Morphology,
Diseases caused
Lab diagnosis
Collection of specimens, transportation,
names of tests.
Lab diagnosis
Collection of specimens, transportation,
names of tests.
Lab diagnosis
Collection of specimens, transportation,
names of tests
Lab diagnosis
Collection of specimens, transportation,
names of tests.
Streptococci & Pneumococci
Morphology, Diseases caused
Hemophilus & Bordetella,
Morphology, Diseases caused
14-15
Basic structure and function of immune
system, Innate, adaptive, Bacterial
vaccines types
T & B Cells, Macrophages.
CMI & AMI
Complement system and activation
Epitopes, Types of Ab. Brief description
& Functions of Ab
Types. Principle of agglutination &
precipitation tests
Corynebacteria & B. anthracis,
Morphology, Diseases caused
Mycoplasma, Legionella &
Chlamydia
16-17
18-19
Lab diagnosis
Collection of specimens, transportation,
names of tests
Fall Semester Break
First Sessional Exam
Term II
Mycobacteria- MTB, Leprosy & Atypical
Mycobacteria - Morphology, Diseases caused
20
Nosocomial & wound infections –Pseudomonas,
Klebsiella & others, Diseases caused
21
Anaerobic bacteria, Gas gangrene, Tetanus,
Botulism, C. difficile, bacteroides - Morphology,
Diseases caused
22
E. coli, Proteus, Klebsiella, Diseases caused
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Lab diagnosis
Collection of specimens,
transportation, names of tests.
Classification and general properties
of nosocomial and wound pathogens,
Control of nosocomial infections
Lab diagnosis
Collection of specimens,
transportation, names of tests.
Lab diagnosis
Collection of specimens,
transportation, names of tests
164 | P a g e
Salmonella & Shigella,
Diseases caused
Lab diagnosis
Collection of specimens,
transportation, names of tests.
Lab diagnosis
Collection of specimens,
transportation, names of tests.
23
Vibrio cholerae, Morphology, Diseases caused
Collection of specimens
24
Bacteria causing Urinary tract
infections(overview- E.coli, Klebsiella,
S.saprophyticus, S.aureus, Enterococci, Proteus,
Pseudomonas, Gr. B Strep.)
Bacteria causing CNS infections( Meningococci, H. influenza, S.agalactiae, E.coli,
M.tuberculosis, C.tetani, C. botulinum)
Morphology, Diseases caused
25
Bacteria causing sexually transmitted diseases
(Gonococci, T.pallidum, C.trachomatis,
Ureaplasma, G.vaginalis, H.ducreyi, K.
granulomatis) Morphology, Diseases caused
Lab diagnosis, Collection of
specimens names of the diagnostic
tests.
26
Infections of the muscular skeletal system
Pathogens, diseases, collection of
specimen, diagnostic tests
Lab diagnosis
Collection of specimens,
transportation, names of tests.
Lab diagnosis
Collection of specimens,
transportation, names of tests
Parasitology
27
28
Introduction and laboratory diagnosis of Parasitic
infections
Intestinal and Blood Protozoans (E. histolytica,
Giardia, Cryptosporidium, Plasmodia,
Leishmania,Toxoplasma, Trichmonas,
Trypanosoma)
Nematodes (Ascaris, Hookworms, Strongyloides,
Trichuris trichura.
Filariasis & other tissue nematodes)
Cestodes & Trematodes
29
Introduction and classification of viruses
30 - 31
32
33
Classification, general characteristic
features, laboratory diagnostic tests
Hosts, brief life cycle, diseases
caused, diagnostic tests
Hosts, brief life cycle, diseases,
diagnostic tests
Hosts, brief life cycle, diseases,
diagnostic tests
General properties of viruses,
Basic diagnostic tests
Spring Semester Break
Hepatitis viruses, Types of viruses, Hepatitis B,
safety, vaccine
Diseases caused, diagnostic tests,
Vaccines
HIV
Virus, spectrum, lab diagnosis, safety
Polio
Viruses, disease caused, vaccine for
polio
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
165 | P a g e
Respiratory viruses
Virus, diseases caused, vaccine
34
Viruses, diseases caused, preventive
measures
Virus, disease caused, preventive
measures
Viruses, diseases caused, Preventive
measures
Exanthematous viruses
35
Rabies
36
Arbo viruses: JE & Dengue
Mycology
37
Cutaneous and subcutaneous mycoses(Piedras,
Dermatophytes, Mycetoma)
Fungi , diseases caused, culture
media, tests to diagnose
Systemic mycosis & opportunistic mycoses
( Dimorphic fungi, Candidiasis, Cryptococcosis,
Aspergillosis)
Fungi, diseases caused, culture media,
tests to diagnose
38-39
Revision
40-41
Second Sessional Examination
42
Study Holidays
43-44
Professional Examination
Reference Books
1. Text book of Microbiology by R. Ananthanarayana and C.K.T Panikar
(Orient Longman) 8th Edition, 2009, University press ISBN: 9788173716744
2. Text book of Parasitology – by K.D. Chatterjee. 13th Edition, 2009, CBS Publishers &
Distributors Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 978-81-239-1810-5
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
166 | P a g e
14.7.11 Course Title: Pathology PT 2105
Course Coordinator
Co Faculty
Academic Year
E-mail
:
:
:
:
Prof. Gita Ashok Raj
Dr. Mehzabin Ahmed
IIYear
[email protected]
Goal
The broad goal of incorporating pathology in the B.P.T course is to provide the student with
a comprehensive knowledge of the causes and mechanisms of diseases in order to enable
him/her to achieve thorough understanding of the natural history and clinical manifestations
of disease.
Objective
A. Knowledge
At the end of the course the students should be able to:



Describe the mechanisms of cellular adaptations, reversible injury, repair and cell
death, and be able to correlate structural and functional alterations
Explain the patho-physiological processes, which govern the maintenance of
homeostasis, mechanisms of their disturbances and the clinical manifestations
associated with it. Describe the mechanisms and patterns of tissue response to injury
and its outcome such that he/she can appreciate the patho-physiology of disease
process and their clinical manifestations.
Correlate normal and altered morphology of different organs and important diseases
to the extent needed for understanding disease processes and their clinical
significance.
B. Skills
At the end of the course the students should be able to;
 Understand the significance of abnormal laboratory results in the diagnosis and
management of common disorders.
C. Integration
At the end of the training the student should be able to integrate the causes of diseases
and relationship of different etiological factors (genetic, social, economic and
environmental) that contribute to the natural history of diseases most prevalent in this
part of the world.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
167 | P a g e
Student Assessment
Internal Assessment
Sessional Examination, Class Tests, Seminar, Assignments.
Final Assessment
Theory
Viva voce
Internal assessment
70 marks
10 marks
20 marks
______________________
Total 100 marks
______________________
Teaching schedule for Pathology
Term I
Week
1
Lecture
Introduction and
Definitions and
Nomenclature &
Diagnostic Pathology I
Practical (CBL)
Cellular adaptations
Competency Gained
Define terms used to describe the
various aspects of diseases and
their study.
Define terms used to describe cell
injury and adaptation.
2
3-4
5
Cellular pathology
Inflammation – acute and
chronic
Healing and repair of soft
tissues, fractures, nerve
and muscle
6
7-8
Classify and describe the types and
mechanism of cell injuries giving
examples.
Inflammation
Define terms used to describe the
types, events, morphologic
changes and mechanism of
inflammation, giving examples.
Healing and Repair
List the types of repair and explain
the process of repair in soft
tissues, bone, nerve and muscles;
and enumerate complications of
repair.
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Genetic Disorders
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Genetic Disorders
Define the terms used to describe
congenital abnormalities.
Describe the genetic basis of single
gene and karyotypiic disorders.
168 | P a g e
9
Neoplasia - General
Aspects and Common
tumors of different organ
10-11
Disorders of the Immune
System – Immunology – I
and II
12 - 13
Environmental Disorders –
Mechanical Trauma,
Injuries to joints and
associated tendons,
ligaments and soft tissues
and Repetitive injuries,
Damage from: extremes of
temperature and
atmosphere pressure, air
pollution, irradiation and
chemicals and nutritional
disorders
14-15
Hematology – RBC
Disorders, WBC disorders,
Bleeding Disorders blood
transfusion
Define terms used to describe
various aspects of neoplasia.
Differentiate the types of tumors
based on behavior and
histogenesis.
Immunodeficiency
Disorders
Classify immune disorders.
Describe the mechanism of
immune disorders giving examples.
Define the terms used to describe
congenital abnormalities.
Environmental
Disorders
Explain the types and mechanism
of injuries seen due to physical and
chemical agents in the
environment.
Define terms used to describe
hematologic abnormalities.
Hematology
Classify and describe mechanism
and clinical features of RBC, WBC
and bleeding disorders.
16- 17
Fall Semester Break
18-19
First Sessional Examination
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
169 | P a g e
Term II
Week
20
21 – 22
Lecture
Practical (CBL)
Define terms used to describe
hemodynamic disorders.
Hemodynamic disorders –
edema, hyperemia,
congestion, thrombosis,
embolism, infarction, shock
Diseases of Blood vessels and
Heart atherosclerosis,
peripheral vascular disorders,
CCF, IHD
Competency Gained
Explain the mechanism and clinical
manifestation of hemodynamic
disorders.
Diseases of
blood vessels
and heart
Define terms used to describe
cardiovascular disorders.
Explain the mechanism and clinical
manifestations and complication of
cardiovascular disorders.
Define terms used to describe
respiratory disorders.
23
24
25
26-28
Respiratory disorders
Explain the mechanism and clinical
manifestation and complication of
respiratory disorders.
Define terms used to describe
ulcero inflammatory disorders of
the alimentary tract and
hepatobiliary diseases.
Diseases of the
Gastrointestinal tract and the
Hepatobiliary system
Disorders of Endocrine
System
Explain the mechanism and clinical
manifestation and complications of
alimentary and hepatobiliary
disorders
Disorders of
Endocrine
System
Disorders of the Central
Nervous System – Birth
Injuries, head injury, spinal
Disorders of the
injury Cerebrovascular
central nervous
accidents. CNS infections,
system
Demyelinating disorders,
Degenerating diseases of CNS,
Neurotransplantation,
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Define terms used to describe
endocrine disorders.
Explain the mechanism and clinical
manifestation and complication of
endocrine disorders.
Define terms used to describe
nervous system disorders.
Explain the mechanism and clinical
manifestation and complication of
nervous system disorders.
170 | P a g e
Tumors of Brain and Spinal
Cord
29
Disease of the Muscles and
Peripheral nerves –
Myopathies, Myasthenia
gravis
Disease of the
Muscles
30 - 31
32
33-37
38
Define terms used to describe
muscle diseases.
Explain the mechanism and clinical
manifestation and complication of
muscle diseases.
Spring Semester Break
Define terms used to describe
peripheral nerve diseases.
Disease of the Muscles and
Peripheral nerves , Neuritis,
Neuralgia, Neuropathies
Explain the mechanism and clinical
manifestation and complication of
peripheral nerve diseases.
Disorders of the Bones and
Joints-Metabolic bone
disease, Osteomyelitis,
complications of amputations,
Bone tumors, Arthritis, Spinal
Disorders
Define terms used to describe
bone and joint disorders.
Bone Disorders
Explain the mechanism and clinical
manifestation and complication of
bone and joint disorders.
Define terms used to describe skin
lesions.
Inflammatory diseases of Skin
and Soft tissue
Explain the mechanism and clinical
manifestation and complication of
skin diseases.
39
Revision
40-41
Second Sessional Examination
42
Study Holidays
43-44
Final Professional Examination
Reference Books
1. Pathology, Alan Stevens and James Lowe, Mosby, 1995.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
171 | P a g e
14.7.12 Course Title: Pharmacology PT 2106
Course Coordinator
Co-Instructors
Academic Year
E-mail
: Dr. Lisha Jenny John
: Prof. Hemant Kumar Garg, Prof. Anoop K Agarwal,
Dr. Syed Shehnaz Ilyas, Dr. Razia Khanam
: IInd year 2013-2014
: [email protected]
Intended Learning Outcomes
Students at the end of the course should be able to:
Cognitive Domain






Explain the basic pharmacological principles including pharmacokinetics /
pharmacodynamics.
Describe drug sources, drug naming, and routes of administration.
Describe how drugs are regulated, classified, and administered.
Explain the bases of pharmacologic management of disorders involving the different
systems particularly, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, neurologic, and
musculoskeletal systems relevant to the field of physiotherapy
Apply theoretical knowledge about pharmacological management of patients with
various conditions to practice. These conditions include:
• Anxiety
• Seizures
• Psychiatric/Emotional Disorders
• Parkinson’s/Dementia
• Pain
• Coagulation Disorders
• Inflammation
• Metabolic Disorders
• Bone/Muscle Disorders
Identify unexpected potential adverse reactions to pharmacological agents such as
allergic reactions, drug interaction, altered metabolism, and/or reactions to physical
therapy treatments.
Affective Domain

Realize the importance of pharmacological agents and their biological impact on
clinical examination, decision making, and screening for referrals to other
professions.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
172 | P a g e
Student Assessment
Internal Assessment
Sessional Examination, Class Tests, Seminars, Assignments.
Final Assessment
Theory
70 marks
Viva voce
10 marks
Internal assessment
20 marks
______________________
Total 100 marks
_______________________
Teaching schedule for Pharmacology
Term I
Week
1
Theory
Introduction to Pharmacology
2
Routes of drug administration
3
Pharmacokinetics
4
Phamacodynamics
5
Factors affecting drug action
6
Adverse effects of drugs
8
Introduction to ANS
10
11
12
Define pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics and
describe drug sources and naming of drugs
Describe various routes of drug administration and
identify advantages and disadvantages of each
Define basic concepts of the
absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion
of drugs
Define and classify agonists and antagonists,
understand relation between dose and effect and
recognize different dose levels of drugs
Explain the factors modifying drug action
Eid Al Adha Holidays
7
9
Competency Gained
Describe the adverse effects of drug action
Describe the structure and function of ANS relevant to
the field of physiotherapy
Cholinergic Drugs
Describe the pharmacological actions, therapeutic uses
and adverse effects of cholinergic drugs
Anticholinergic Drugs
Describe the pharmacological actions, therapeutic uses
and adverse effects of anti-cholinergic drugs
Adrenergic drugs
Anti-Adrenergic drugs
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Describe the pharmacological actions, therapeutic uses
and adverse effects of adrenergic drugs and antiadrenergic drugs
Describe the pharmacological actions, therapeutic uses
and adverse effects of anti-adrenergic drugs
173 | P a g e
13
14
15
16-17
18-19
Skeletal Muscle relaxants
Describe the pharmacological actions, therapeutic uses
and the adverse effects of Skeletal Muscle relaxants
Describe the pharmacological actions and adverse
effects of drugs used in management of Heart failure &
arrhythmia
Classify and describe different groups of drugs used in
Drug Therapy of Hypertension
the treatment of hypertension and their adverse effects
Fall Semester Break
First Sessional Examination
Management of Heart failure &
arrhythmia
Term II
20
21
22
Drug Therapy of Ischemic Heart
Diseases
Diuretics
Bronchial asthma
23
24
N.S.A.I.Ds
Classify and describe different groups of drugs used
in treatment of Ischemic Heart Diseases
and their adverse effects
Classify and describe pharmacological actions,
therapeutic uses and adverse effects of different
drugs in this group of drugs
Classify and describe different groups of drugs used
in treatment of Bronchial asthma and their
adverse effects
Seminar / Assignment
Classify and describe pharmacological actions,
therapeutic uses and adverse effects of drugs in this
group of drugs
Describe pharmacological actions, therapeutic uses
and adverse effects of drugs in this group of drugs
25
Anti-epileptics
26
Sedatives, hypnotics and
antianxiety agents, Mood
modulating drugs
Describe pharmacological actions, therapeutic uses
and adverse effects of drugs in this group of drugs
27
Treatment of parkinsonism &
Alzheimer’s diseases
Describe different groups of drugs used in treatment
of parkinsonism & Alzheimer’s diseases and their side
effects
28
29
Seminar / Assignment
Corticosteroids
30-31
32
Diabetes
33
Drugs affecting Calcium
Regulation
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Describe pharmacological actions, therapeutic uses
and adverse effects of drugs in this group of drugs
Spring Semester Break
Classify and describe different groups of drugs used in
treatment of Diabetes and their adverse effects
Describe pharmacological actions, therapeutic uses
and adverse effects of drugs in this group of drugs
174 | P a g e
34
Anabolic, steroids
Sex Hormones
Describe pharmacological actions, therapeutic uses
and adverse effects of drugs in this group of drugs
39
40-41
42
Describe the principles of chemotherapy
Principles of Chemotherapy (1)
and different groups of chemotherapeutics and
antibiotics
Describe the chemotherapeutic agents and effects of
Principles of Chemotherapy (2)
drug combinations
Principles of Chemotherapy (3)
Describe the chemotherapeutic agents
Cancer Chemotherapy &
Describe the therapeutic uses and adverse effects of
Immuno modulators
drugs in this group of drugs
Revision
Second Sessional Examination
Study Holidays
43-44
Professional Examination
35
36
37
38
Reference Books
1. Pharmacology for Physiotherapy by Dr. K.V.Ramesh & Dr. Ashok Shenoy
2. Mycek M, Harvey R, Champe P, Pharmacology, 3rd edition, Editors, Harvey R and
Champe P, Lippincott’s Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, 2006 (ISBN No. 7817-24139
3. Pharmacology for Physiotherapy. Author: Udaykumar Padmaja. ISBN:
9789380704678.
4. Handouts
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
175 | P a g e
14.7.13 Course Title: Physiotherapy in Musculoskeletal Disorders PT 4101
Course Coordinator
Co-Instructor
Academic Year
E-mail
:
:
:
:
Mr. K. Praveen Kumar
Mrs. Annamma Mathew
III & IV Year
[email protected],
[email protected]
Intended Learning Outcomes
Cognitive Domain









Recall the basic anatomy of muscles bones and joints
Describe the mechanisms of various fractures and the conservative management
Describe and explain the various causative factors/ pathogenesis/clinical
presentation /conservative and operative management of conditions affecting
the joints, busae, ligaments, tendons, muscles and bones of the upper extremity,
trunk and lower extremity
Identify, discuss and analyse, the musculo-skeletal dysfunction in terms of
Biomechanical, kinesiological and biophysical basis and correlate the same with
the provisional diagnosis, routine radiological and electrophysiological
investigations, and arrive at appropriate functional diagnosis with clinical
reasoning.
Describe the various approaches in the physical therapy management of various
musculoskeletal conditions.
Integrate knowledge of evaluation, treatment and program planning to develop
Screening and treatment protocols.
Establish the systematic examination and functional assessment of the
musculoskeletal system.
Integrate previous knowledge of different types of therapeutic exercises and
usage of different modalities to judiciously use in care of musculoskeletal trauma
management.
Establish a therapeutic program to manage various chronic musculoskeletal
dysfunctions.
Psychomotor Domain


Perform comprehensive assessment of common acute and chronic musculoskeletal
injuries and dysfunctions and to explore the use of investigations in the assessment
of musculoskeletal injuries.
Plan/ prescribe / execute short and long term physiotherapy treatment by selecting
appropriate modes of therapy and appropriate ergonomic advise for the relief of
pain, restoration /maintenance of function, and or rehabilitation for maximum
functional independence in activities of daily living at home and work place.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
176 | P a g e
Affective Domain


Demonstrate professional behavior in all interactions with patients/clients, family
members, caregivers, other health care providers
Demonstrates care and empathy towards patients and their relatives
Student Assessment
Internal Assessment
Sessional Examination, Class Tests, Seminar, Assignments.
Final Assessment
Theory
- 150 marks
Practical
- 60 marks
Viva voice
- 30 marks
Internal Assessment - 60 marks
_______________________
Total - 300 marks
_______________________
Teaching Schedule for Physiotherapy in Musculoskeletal Disorders
Term – I
Week
Theory
1
Orientation Week
2
Introduction to
Musculoskeletal disorders
3
 Orthopedic terminology
 Clinical examination
 Common investigations
Lab Activity
Gain knowledge about
the musculoskeletal
disorders
Basic tests required to
perform and orthopedic
evaluation
4
 Soft Tissue injuries
 Sprains (Common sites)
Evaluation and
management of sprains
5
Strains (Common sites)
Evaluation and
management of strains
6
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Competency Gained
Perform a clinical
examination for
Orthopedic conditions
Perform a clinical
evaluation and gain skills
related to the
Physiotherapy
management of sprains
Perform a clinical
evaluation and gain skills
related to the
Physiotherapy
management of strains
Eid Al Adha Holidays
177 | P a g e
7
Capsulitis & Bursitis
Evaluation and
management of
capsulitis & bursitis
8
Tendonitis, Tenosynovitis,
Tenovaginits
Assessment and
management in
Tendonitis,
Fractures and Dislocations General principles
Assessment and
management in fracture
and in various
complications
9-10
11-12
13-14
Soft Tissue Injuries, Fractures &
Dislocations in Upper limb
Soft Tissue Injuries, Fractures &
Dislocations in Upper limb – II
Soft Tissue Injuries, Fractures &
Dislocations in Upper limb–III
15
Case based learning &
Practical’s
Case based learning &
Practical’s
Case based learning &
Practical’s
Compartment syndrome in upper
limb.
16-17
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Perform a clinical
evaluation and gain skills
related to the
Physiotherapy
management of capsulitis
& bursitis
Perform a clinical
evaluation and gain skills
related to the
Physiotherapy
management of
tendonitis, tenosynovitis
and tenovaginits.
Manage a fracture
following an initial
management
Rehabilitation of soft
tissue injuries around the
shoulder, fractures of
clavicle, scapula, AC
injuries
Rehabilitation of soft
tissue injuries around the
elbow, fractures of
humerus, shoulder
dislocations
Rehabilitation of soft
tissue injuries around the
wrist, fractures of ulna,
radius and bones of wrist
and hand
Fall Semester Break
178 | P a g e
Term – II
18-21
Soft Tissue Injuries, Fractures
and Dislocation
in Lower limb –I
22-23
24-29
38-41
Rehabilitation of soft tissue
injuries around the hip,
fractures of femur and hip
dislocation
First Sessional Examination
Soft Tissue Injuries, Fractures
and Dislocation
in Lower limb –II
30-31
32 - 37
Case based learning &
Practical’s
Case based learning &
Practical’s
Rehabilitation of soft tissue
injuries around the knee,
fractures of tibia and fibula
Spring Semester Break
Soft Tissue Injuries, Fractures
and Dislocation
in Lower limb –III
Case based learning &
Practical’s
Amputation: General
indications, dressings,
Classification.
Above and below knee
amputation
Case based learning &
Practical’s
42-43
44- 46
47
48-52
Rehabilitation of soft tissue
injuries around the ankle,
fractures of foot and ankle
Perform a clinical evaluation
and gain skills related to the
Physiotherapy management
following amputation
Revision
Second Sessional Examination
Eid Al Fitr Holidays
Summer Vacation
Term – III
53-54
55-56
Shoulder Arthroplasty, THR,
TKR
Case based learning &
Practical’s
Cervical and lumbar
spondylosis
Case based learning &
Practical’s
57
58-59
Perform a clinical evaluation
and gain skills related to the
Physiotherapy management
following shoulder
Arthroplasty, THR & TKR
Assessment and
rehabilitation of cervical and
lumbar spondylosis
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Low backache,
torticollis
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Case based learning &
Practical’s
Identify the problems and
rehabilitation of low
backache and torticollis
179 | P a g e
60-61
62-64
65-67
Case based learning &
Practical’s
Gain competencies in
rehabilitation of fracture and
dislocations of spine.
Sports Injuries
Case based learning &
Practical’s
Assessment and
rehabilitation of sports
injuries
Spinal Deformities
Case based learning &
Practical’s
Identify the problems and
rehabilitation of spinal
deformities
Fractures and
dislocations of spine
68-69
70-71
Fall Semester Break
Peripheral nerve Injuries
73
74 – 76
77
78 – 80
Case based learning &
Practical’s
Assessment and
rehabilitation
of Peripheral nerve injuries
Revision
Third Sessional Examination
Study Holidays
Final Professional Examination
References Books
1. McRae Ronald, Clinical Orthopaedic Examination, Churchill Livingstone, 2004 (ISBN10: 0443074070)
2. Solomon Louis, Warwick David J, Apley’s system of orthopaedics and fractures,
Arnold, 2001 (ISBN-10: 0340763728)
3. Hoppenfeld Stanley, Murthy Vasantha L, Treatment & Rehabilitation of Fractures,
Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2000 (ISBN: 0781721970)
4. Prentice William E, Michael L. Voight, Techniques in Musculoskeletal Rehabilitation,
McGraw-Hill Medical, 2001. (ISBN-10: 0071354980)
5. Linda Karacoloff, Carol S. Hammersley, Frederick Schneider, Lower Extremity
Amputation: A Guide to Functional Outcomes in Physical Therapy Management,
Aspen Systems Corp, 1986. (ISBN-10: 0871892251)
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
180 | P a g e
14.7.14 Course Title: Physiotherapy in Cardio Respiratory Disorders PT 4102
Course Coordinator
Academic Year
E-mail
:
:
:
Mr. Kumaraguruparan
III & IV Year
[email protected]
Intended Learning Outcomes
Cognitive Domain
On completion of the subject the student will be able to:













Recall the basic anatomy and physiology of the cardio respiratory system.
Describe the structure and function of the cardio respiratory system.
Describe the physiological processes of the respiration.
Describe the physiological processes of the circulation.
Explain the pathophysiology of the cardiovascular and respiratory systems
Relate applied anatomy and physiology to clinically important diagnostic and
treatment procedures.
Formulate evaluation and treatment protocols in a given patient.
Describe and explain approaches of patient management in acute, sub acute and
chronic care management.
Develop problem-solving abilities in cases cardiothoracic and respiratory
dysfunctions.
Discuss the current approaches for the treatment/management of specific acute and
complex conditions.
State the pharmacological management of common neurological conditions, the
interaction between the effects of medication and the goals of physiotherapy.
Develop critical thinking and analytical skills required for patient management.
Describe how physical rehabilitation strategies enhance recovery of the patient
Psychomotor Domain
On completion of the subject the student will develop



Performs a systematic examination and functional assessment of the cardio
respiratory system.
Demonstrates the various physical therapy techniques in cardiac and pulmonary
rehabilitation like postural drainage, thoracic mobility exercises etc
Incorporates the results of diagnostic tests like ECG,ABG,PFT in patient management
Affective Domain
On completion of the subject the student will develop


An appreciation of the need of team approach in patient management
Good written and verbal communication skills for effective communication with
patients their families and team members.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
181 | P a g e
Student Assessment
Internal Assessment
Sessional Examination, Class Tests, Seminar, Assignments.
Final Assessment
Theory
Practical
Viva voice
Internal Assessment
-
Total
-
150 marks
60 marks
30 marks
60 marks
_____________
300 marks
_____________
Teaching Schedule for Physiotherapy in Cardio respiratory Disorders
Term I
Week
1
2-3
Theory
Lab Activity
Orientation Week
Orientation about cardiac
unit and lab visits
Student gains awareness of
the significance of the
subject in physical therapy
practice
Applied anatomy of the
cardio respiratory system
Instructor explains,
students observe then
explains the applied
anatomy of cardiovascular
system
Understand the basic and applied
anatomy of the cardio respiratory
system
4
Cardio respiratory
assessment
Students observe the
examination procedures
then practice as group
5
Cardiorespiratory
assessment
Students observe the
examination procedures
then practice as group
6
7
8
Competency Gained
Stress testing
Spirometry
PEFR
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Instructor demonstrates,
Students observe then
discuss the exercise
tolerance test and 6 MWT
Assignment on
interpretation of PFT and
PEFR Reports
Understand the SOAP format
of cardio respiratory
assessment
Identify the abnormality of
structure and functions of
cardiorespiratory system
Understand the SOAP format
of cardiorespiratory
assessment
Identify the abnormality of
structure and functions of
cardiorespiratory system
Perform the walk test and
interpreting the results
Interpret the final report of
PFT and PEFR
182 | P a g e
9
10-11
12
13
14
15
Hypertension
Case based learning
Congenital heart diseases
Case based learning
Instructor demonstrates,
Students observe then
Interpret the ECG findings
and Serum Electrolytes
Ischemic heart disease
Chronic bronchitis and
emphysema
Conventional chest physical
therapy techniques
Bronchial asthma
ACBT and AD
Cardiac failure
Basic Life Support (BLS)
16-17
Case based learning
Instructor demonstrates,
Students observe then
practice the chest physical
therapy technique
applicable for the same
topic
Case based learning
Instructor demonstrates,
Students observe then
practice the chest physical
therapy technique
applicable for the same
topic
Case based learning
Instructor demonstrates,
Students observe then
practice the BLS procedures
with manikin
Management of hypertension
Gain competency in evaluate
a case of Congenital Heart
Disease and form the
relevant goals and practicing
treatment methods for the
optimum outcome.
Understand the risk factors
and pathology of ischemic
heart disease
Explain the medical and
surgical management for
patient with ischemic heart
disease
Evaluate a case of COPD
form the relevant goals and
treatment methods for the
optimum outcome
Evaluate a case of Asthma
and forming the relevant
goals and treatment
methods for the optimum
outcome.
Evaluate a case of Cardiac
failure and form the relevant
goals and practicing
treatment methods for the
optimum outcome.
Fall Semester Break
Term – II
18
19
Tuberculosis
Respiratory failure
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Case based learning
Instructor explains, Students
observe then practice the
appropriate chest physical
therapy technique for the PT
management
Case based learning
Evaluate a case of
Tuberculosis and form the
relevant goals and treatment
methods for the optimum
outcome.
Evaluate a case of Respiratory
failure and form the relevant
goals and giving treatment for
the optimum outcome.
183 | P a g e
20
21
Bronchiectasis
Pneumonia and lung
abscess
22-23
24-25
26
27
28
29
Case based learning
Instructor demonstrates,
Students observe then
practice the appropriate chest
physical therapy technique for
the PT management
Case based learning
Instructor demonstrates,
Students observe then
practice the appropriate chest
physical therapy technique for
the PT management
Evaluate a case of
Bronchiectasis and form the
relevant goals and give
treatment for the optimum
outcome.
Evaluate a case of Pneumonia
and Lung abscess and form
the relevant goals and
treatment methods for the
optimum outcome.
First Sessional Examination
Occupational lung
diseases
Bronchiectasis
Case based learning
Instructor demonstrates,
Students observe then
practice the appropriate chest
physical therapy technique for
the PT management
Case Based Learning
Instructor demonstrates,
Students observe then
practice the appropriate chest
physical therapy technique for
the PT management
Pulmonary
rehabilitation
Instructor demonstrates,
students practice the
techniques of pulmonary
rehabilitation
ECG, Serum Enzymes
Cardiac X-ray
Interpretation of ECG and
Serum Electrolytes
Instructor demonstrates,
students observe and explain
the land marks of an normal
cardiac x-ray
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Evaluate a case of
Bronchiectasis and form the
relevant goals and give
treatment for optimum
outcome.
Perform all treatment
methods for respiratory
disorders.
Formulate a rehabilitation
program.
Interprets ECG and serum
enzyme reports
Interpret cardiac x-ray findings
Demonstrate the physical
therapy management and
rehabilitation procedures for
cardiopulmonary disorders
Class test and seminar
30-31
Evaluating a case of
Occupational lung disease and
form the relevant goals and
giving treatment for the
optimum outcome.
Spring Semester Break
184 | P a g e
32
33
Infective endocarditis
Case based learning
Rheumatic fever
Case based learning
Case based learning
Gain competency in
evaluating a case of
Infective Endocarditis and
forming the relevant goals
and practicing treatment
methods for the optimum
outcome.
Evaluate a case of
Rheumatic fever and form
the relevant goals and
practicing treatment
methods for the optimum
outcome.
Evaluate a case of
Cardiomyopathies and
form the relevant goals
and practicing treatment
methods for the optimum
outcome.
Understand the clinical
manifestations of benign
and malignant cardiac
tumors
Develop a systematic
rehabilitation program for
patients suffering from
heart disease and
formulate the outcome of
the program
Understanding of the
surgery and site of
incisions and the muscles
cut and the functions
affected.
34
Cardiac muscle disorders
35
Cardiac tumors
Seminar
36
Ischemic heart disease: medical
management
Case based learning
Introduction to cardio-thoracic
surgery
Simulated cases and
practice
Thoracotomy
Instructor demonstrates,
Observe the postoperative physical therapy
procedures
Demonstrate the postsurgical PT management
for thoracotomy patients
Cardiac Rehabilitation
Instructor demonstrates,
Students observe then
practice with pears
Demonstrate the cardiac
rehabilitation procedures
for pre and post-surgical
patients
37
38-39
40-41
42-43
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Revision
185 | P a g e
44-46
Second Sessional Examination
47
Eid Al Fitr Holidays
48-52
Summer Vacation
Term – III
53
Adjuncts to chest physical
therapy
Nebulizers, aerosols
Instructor explains the
mechanism of action of
various adjuncts to chest
PT
54
Indications and
contraindications of surgery
Case based learning
Mechanical ventilation
Intubation and Extubation
procedures
Instructor demonstrates
the mechanism of working
of ventilator in intensive
care unit
55-56
57
58
Explain the usage of
adjuncts to chest PT
Explain contraindications
of cardiothoracic surgery
Understand the
importance of chest
physical therapy during the
ICU care
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Close heart surgery
59-60
Open heart surgery CABG and
PT management
61-62
Valvotomy and valve
replacement
63
64
Coronary angioplasty
Outline of vascular surgery
65
Positioning and moving of
dependent patients
66
Assisted and self-assisted
coughing techniques
67
Common surgeries for CHD
68-69
Case based learning
Instructor demonstrates
the post-operative PT
management procedures,
students observe then
practice with pears
Case based learning
Case based learning
Case based learning
Seminar
Instructor demonstrates,
students observe then
practice with pears
Instructor demonstrates
the techniques, students
observe then practice with
pears
Case Based Learning
Evaluating and treating
post operative patients.
ICU management.
Physiotherapy techniques
used in the ICU setup
Explain the importance of
positioning to optimize the
oxygen transport pathway
Explain the importance of
assisted coughing
techniques for the children
with neurological deficit
Evaluate and treat post
operative pediatric
patients
Fall Semester Break
Diseases of the pleura
Case Based Learning
Flail chest
Case Based Learning
70
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Evaluate and treat pleural
diseases.
Evaluate and treat flail
chest.
Fixation and functioning of
ICD tubing.
186 | P a g e
71
Common thoracic surgeries
Case Based Learning
Demonstrate the
postoperative
management in common
thoracic surgeries.
72-73
Revision
74-76
Third Sessional Examination
77
Study Holidays
78-80
Final Professional Examination
Reference Books
1. Pryor Jennifer A, Prasad Ammani; Physiotherapy for Respiratory and Cardiac
Problems: Adults and Paediatrics; Third edition Churchill Livingston; New York;
2002;.(ISBN No. 0-443-07075-X)
2. Kottke F, Lehmann J; Krusen’s handbook of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation;
Fourth edition W B Saunders Company; London; 1990;. (ISBN No. 0-7216-2985-7)
3. Campbell Suzann K; Physical therapy for children; W B Saunders Company; London;
1994; (ISBN No. 0-7216-6503-9)
4. Webber B A; The Brompton Hospital guide to chest physiotherapy; Second edition
Blackwell Scientific Publications; Oxford; 1973;; (ISBN No. 0-632-096705)
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
187 | P a g e
14.7.15 Course Title: Physiotherapy in Neurosciences PT 4103
Course Coordinator
Academic Year
E-mail
:
:
:
Mr. Rashij M
III & IV Year
[email protected]
Intended Learning Outcomes
Cognitive Domain
On completion of the course student will be able to:


















Describe the structure and function of the head, neck and spinal cord
Describe the physiological processes of the brain, cranial nerves and spinal cord
Describe the process of motor skill acquisition and be able to identify how it is
affected in neurological conditions
Describe the structure and mechanism for sensory motor control
Describe the pathology of common neurological conditions and the impact on
function
Describe how physical rehabilitation strategies enhance sensory-motor skill
acquisition
State the pharmacological management of common neurological conditions, the
interaction between the effects of medication and the goals of physiotherapy.
Select and locate equipment sources for independent and safe living
Describe the physiological hypotheses of chronic pain and the principles of
management
Describe the use of electro physical agents in the management of neuromuscular
conditions
Prepare holistic multidisciplinary care plans for clients with neurological conditions
Select appropriate screening and treatment protocols
Determine the management approach most suitable for the given patient.
Establish and evaluate a therapeutic program to manage various chronic and
relapsing neuro- musculoskeletal dysfunctions.
Identify problems in gait and develop suitable exercise protocols for gait training
Recognize complications which may arise during physical management like
orthostatic hypotension ,autonomic dysreflexia, fatigue etc
Assess the progression/regression of recovery
Describe the importance of patient centered approach in neurological rehabilitation.
Psychomotor Domain
On completion of the course the student should be able to:





Elicit a detailed history
Perform a complete neurological examination
Construct a complete problem list
Implement a selected assessment scale
Execute a pre-selected protocol of /exercises to reduce tone and facilitate
movements in lying sitting standing and walking
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
188 | P a g e




Select and apply appropriate treatment strategies for management of neurological
conditions with consideration of pharmacological management and clinical findings
Appropriately prescribe and instruct in the use of equipment for the disabled client
Appropriately document assessment, treatment and outcome measures in the
management of neurological conditions
Effectively and safely use electro physical agents for neurological conditions
Affective Domain
On completion of the subject the student will develop



The student will learn how to deal with patients with no motivation and identify
those requiring counseling services
The student will demonstrate good communication skills with the patients and their
families
Show sensitivity to the needs of the patient and family
Student Assessment
Internal Assessment
Sessional Examination, Class Tests, Seminar, Assignments.
Final Assessment
Theory
Practical
Viva voce
Internal Assessment
Total
150 marks
60 marks
30 marks
60 marks
______________________
300 marks
______________________
Teaching Schedule for Physiotherapy in Neurosciences
Term I
Week
Theory
Lab Activity
1
Orientation Week
2
Neuro anatomy: review of Video lab and
the basic neuro anatomy
museum visits
3
Neruo physiology: review
the neuro physiological
basis
of
posture,
movements,
balance,
coordination,
sensation
and bowel and bladder
control
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
anatomy
Competency Gained
Revision of neuro anatomy
and morphology of human
nervous system
Revision of neuro physiology
Video lab, literature search,
of the important structures
text
book
references,
of nervous system with
assignments and class room
reference
to
physical
presentations
therapy scope of practice
189 | P a g e
4-5
Demonstration of basic history
Clinical
evaluation
of
taking,
sensory
motor
neurological symptoms in
evaluation including cranial
various sensory motor
nerves,
motor
functions,
dysfunctions
coordination, locomotion etc.
6
7
8
9 - 11
12
13 - 14
Application of
neurophysiological
knowledge to evaluate the
normal and abnormal clinical
picture, determine the
abnormalities, symptoms,
prescribe the right diagnosis
tools and its interpretation
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Peripheral nerve disorders
Identify
and
classify
Self-directed learning and
nerve injuries & entrapment
peripheral nervous system
case based learning
neuropathies
diseases
Perform evaluation
techniques on various
Neuropathies
including
peripheral nerve disorders
Self-directed learning and
metabolic, post infective,
and classify them
case based learning
toxic, inflammatory origin
accordingly, also to
document the observed
findings
Demonstration of
techniques of assessment
and grading, sensory motor
Manage cases of peripheral
Physiotherapy in peripheral reeducation, splinting,
neuropathies using the various
neuropathies
neuromuscular electrical
techniques of PT
stimulation, functional
reeducation, biofeedback
therapies etc.
Presentations, micro
teaching demonstration of
Evaluate
and
treat
Disorders
of
autonomic ANS evaluation,
conditions which are related
nervous system
stimulations, positioning,
to ANS disorders
guarding, splinting, taping
etc
Demonstration of
techniques of assessment
Diseases of the muscles and grading, sensory motor
Evaluate and manage cases
including
classifications, reeducation, splinting,
of
muscular
diseases,
clinical
picture
and conventional therapies,
prescribe
appropriate
management of myopathies, energy conserving
functional aids at various
dystrophies and atrophies
techniques, ambulatory
stages of MD
training and aid and
appliances etc.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
190 | P a g e
15
Electro neuro myo graphy –
basic principles,
instrumentations and role of
EMG and NCV in diagnosis
Video lab,
learning
self-directed Analysis of EMG and NCV
reports
Fall Semester Break
16-17
Term – II
18-19
20
21
Diseases of the spinal cord –
outline the pathology,
clinical picture,
documentation and
management of craniovertebral junction
Anomalies
Video labs, case based
learning, self-directed
learning, clinical
observations
Syringomyelia - pathology,
clinical picture,
documentation and
management
Video labs, case based
learning, self-directed
learning, clinical
observations of radiography,
demonstration of applied PT
Cervical and lumbar disc
diseases pathology, clinical
picture, documentation and
management
Video labs, case based
learning, self-directed
learning, clinical
observations, demonstration
of evaluation and
management techniques,
prevention and back care
22-23
24-25
26
Perform evaluation
techniques on various SC
disorders and classify them
accordingly, also to
document the observed
findings
Manage cases of
syringomyelia using the
various techniques of PT
Evaluate and manage the
signs and symptoms of
IVDP using techniques from
electro and exercise
therapy, manual therapy,
biofeedback and justify
then using recent clinical
evidences
First Sessional Examination
Spinal tumors pathology,
clinical picture,
documentation and
management
Video labs, case based
learning, self-directed
learning, clinical
observations, demonstration
of pre and post-surgical PT,
casting and splinting etc
Miscellaneous conditions of
SC; Spinal arachnoiditis;
SACD; Infections of spinal
cord
Video labs, case based
learning, self-directed
learning, clinical
observations
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Manage cases of pre and
post-surgical cases of
spinal cord tumors
Identify, evaluate and
classify various
neurological conditions
accordingly to the available
resources
191 | P a g e
27 – 29
Spinal cord injuries and
rehabilitations
30-31
Demonstration of
assessment, documentation,
classification using ASIA
scales, motor and sensory
rehabilitation during acute,
sub-acute and chronic cases
of SCI, prevention and care
of complications
Spring Semester Break
Evaluate, document and
manage the spinal cord
injury clients according to
the level of injury
Neurogenic bladder and
bowel – pathology and
management
Video lab and case based
learning, demonstration of
bladder evaluation and care
Manage cases of
neurogenic bow and
bladder disorders using
the various techniques
of PT
33
Multiple Sclerosispathology, clinical picture,
documentation and
management
Demonstration of techniques
of assessment and grading,
sensory motor reeducation,
splinting, conventional
therapies, energy conserving
techniques, ambulatory
training and aid and
appliances etc.
Evaluate, document and
manage the MS clients
according to the disability
documented
34
Acute disseminated
encephalomyelitispathology, clinical picture,
documentation and
management
Video labs, case based
learning, self-directed
learning, clinical
observations
Meningitis - pathology,
clinical picture,
documentation and
management
Class room presentation,
video labs, case based
learning, self-directed
learning, clinical
observations
32
35
36-37
38
Motor neuron diseases pathology, clinical picture,
documentation and
management
Toxic and metabolic
disorders of nervous sustem
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Demonstration of techniques
of assessment and grading,
sensory motor reeducation,
splinting, conventional
therapies, energy conserving
techniques, ambulatory
training and aid and
appliances etc.
Micro teaching, video labs,
case based learning, self-
Manage cases of ADE
and using the various
techniques of PT
Assess and treat the acute
and chronic cases of
meningitis, its
complications and residual
features using the
techniques of rehabilitation
Evaluate and manage cases
of neuro muscular diseases,
prescribe appropriate
functional aids at various
stages of MND
Evaluate, document and
manage the toxic and
192 | P a g e
- pathology, clinical picture,
documentation and
management
39 - 43
Applied neuro physiological
principles – PNF, MRP,
coordination and balance
44- 46
47
48-52
directed learning, clinical
observations
metabolic neural disease
including alcoholic
neuropathies, organic
poisoning clients according
to the disability
documented
Practice of the basic neuro
Demonstration of various
physiological application
neurophysiological
into clinical practice
approaches including PNF,
according to the clinical
MRP, Frenkels exercises etc.
indications
Second Sessional Examination
Eid Al Fitr Holidays
Summer Vacation
Term – III
Demonstration of techniques of
assessment and grading, sensory
motor
reeducation,
splinting,
conventional therapies, energy
conserving techniques, ambulatory
training and aid and appliances etc.
Demonstration of techniques of
in
assessment and grading, sensory
–
motor
reeducation,
splinting,
conventional therapies, energy
and
conserving techniques, ambulatory
training and aid and appliances etc.
Eid Al Adha Holidays
53 - 54
Cerebro
vascular
accidents - pathology,
clinical
picture,
documentation and
management
55 - 56
Physiotherapy
hemiplegia
evaluation,
documentation
management
57
Demonstration of techniques of
in
assessment and grading, sensory
–
motor
reeducation,
splinting,
conventional therapies, energy
and
conserving techniques, ambulatory
training and aid and appliances etc.
Assess, classify, document
and manage the CVA injury
clients according to the level
of injury, preparation of
problem list, use appropriate
reeducation techniques with
the support of clinical
evidences,
prescribe
functional splints and aids
Assess, classify, document
and manage the CVA injury
clients according to the level
of injury, preparation of
problem list, use appropriate
reeducation techniques with
the support of clinical
evidences,
prescribe
functional splints and aids
58 - 60
Physiotherapy
hemiplegia
evaluation,
documentation
management
61 - 63
Traumatic brain injury Demonstration of techniques of Assess and treat the acute
–evaluation,
assessment and grading, sensory and chronic cases of TBI, its
documentation and motor
reeducation,
splinting, complications and residual
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
193 | P a g e
management
64 - 65
66 - 67
conventional therapies, energy features
using
the
conserving techniques, ambulatory techniques of rehabilitation
training and aid and appliances etc.
Assess, classify, document
and manage the pre and
Case
based
learning, post-operative cases of brain
demonstration of techniques of tumores according to the
Brain
tumors
assessment and grading, sensory level of injury, preparation
evaluation,
motor
reeducation,
splinting, of
problem
list,
use
documentation and
conventional therapies, energy appropriate
reeducation
management
conserving techniques, ambulatory techniques with the support
training and aid and appliances etc. of
clinical
evidences,
prescribe functional splints
and aids
Case
based
learning, Evaluate and manage
of parkinson’s
demonstration of techniques of cases
Parkinsonism
assessment and grading, sensory diseases and related extra
evaluation,
syndromes
motor
reeducation,
splinting, pyramidal
documentation and
the
various
conventional therapies, energy using
management
conserving techniques, ambulatory techniques of PT
training and aid and appliances etc.
68-69
70
71
Fall Semester Break
Other extrapyramidal
syndromes evaluation,
documentation
and
management
Dementia evaluation,
documentation
and
management
72 - 73
74 – 76
77
78 – 80
Case based learning, self-directed Evaluate and manage cases of
learning
EPS
Evaluation and management of
Case based learning, self-directed
various
clinical dysfunctions
learning
followed by dementia
Revision
Third Sessional Examination
Study Holidays
Final Professional Examination
Reference Books
1. Sullivan B . O’ Susan (Editor), Schmitz J.Thomas (Editor) Physical Rehabilitation , F. A.
Davis Company, 5th Edition, 2006 (ISBN-10: 0803612478)
2. Levitt Sophie ,Treatment of Cerebral Palsy and Motor Delay Wiley-Blackwell , 4th
Edition , 2003 (ISBN-10: 1405101636 )
3. Carr Janett , Shepherd Roberta ,Neurological Rehabilitation- Optimizing Motor
Performance ,Butterworth-Heinemann; 2nd Edition 2 1998 ( ISBN-10: 0750609710)
4. Somers Freeman Martha, Spinal Cord Injury: Functional Rehabilitation ,Prentice Hall ,
2nd Edition , 2000 (ISBN-10: 0838586163 )
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
194 | P a g e
14.7.16 Course Title: Physiotherapy in General Medical, Surgical, Obstetrics and
Gynecological Conditions PT 4104
Course Coordinator
Co-Instructor
Academic Year
E-mail
:
:
:
:
Mr. Sathees Kumar
Ms. Siva Priya
III & IV Year
[email protected],
[email protected]
Intended Learning Outcomes
Cognitive Domain
On completion of the course the student will




Describe the aetiopathogenesis and clinical signs and symptoms of general medical
conditions which requires Physical Therapy Intervention
Relate applied anatomy and physiology to clinically important diagnostic and
treatment procedures.
Discuss current approaches of medical and physical therapy management for the
treatment/management of specific medical conditions
Formulate evaluation and treatment protocols as appropriate
Psychomotor Domain
On completion of the course student will be able to





Perform systematic examination of a given patient
Develop short term and long term goals of PT management
Carry out the various Physical Therapy treatment techniques
Incorporate the interpretations of various diagnostic tests like ABG in developing
/modifying/ implementing treatment plans
Respond effectively to patient/client emergencies in one’s practice setting
Affective Domain
On completion of the course student will


Effectively communicate patient / client needs with family members, caregivers and
team members.
Exhibit caring, compassion, and empathy in providing services to patient / client.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
195 | P a g e
Student Assessment
Internal Assessment
Sessional Examination, Class Tests, Seminar, Assignments.
Final Assessment
Theory
- 150 marks
Practical
- 60 marks
Viva voice
- 30 marks
Internal Assessment - 60 marks
______________________
Total
- 300 marks
_______________________
Teaching Schedule for Physiotherapy General Medical, Surgical, Obstetrics and
Gynecological Conditions
Term I
Week
Theory
Lab Activity
1
Orientation Week
2
Pediatric respiratory
conditions
Techniques of pediatric
pulmonary rehabilitation
3
Neonatal and surgical
care
Practicing techniques used
in NICU
Outline of pediatric
conditions
Case based learning handling techniques of
cerebral palsy
4-5
6
7
8–9
Competency Gained
Evaluate pediatric group of
patients and form the relevant
goals and treatment methods
for the optimum outcome.
Gain competency in evaluating
and treating ICU patient management.
Learn and practice all
physiotherapy techniques
used in the ICU setup.
Formulate relevant goals and
treatment methods for the
optimum outcome in pediatric
conditions
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Outline of pediatric
conditions
Case based learning
Peripheral neuromuscular
Case based learning
disorders
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Formulate relevant goals and
treatment methods for the
optimum outcome in pediatric
conditions
Evaluate Peripheral
neuromuscular disorders and
form the relevant goals and
treatment
196 | P a g e
10 - 11
Antenatal assessment
and physiotherapy
Management
12 – 13
Labour and Postnatal
Period
14 – 15
Urogynecological
Conditions
16-17
Case based learning on
antenatal conditions
Evaluation of the antenatal
patients and managing with
appropriate exercise
programs
Evaluate the patients and
Exercise prescription for
labour and postnatal period
Case based learning on
Labour and postnatal
management
Practical sessions on the
techniques used in the
Conservative and surgical
management of
management in
Urogynecological
Urogynecological conditions
conditions
Fall Semester Break
Term – II
18
Electrolytes and acid base
balance
19
Arterial blood gases
20-21
Obesity and malnutrition
22-23
24 - 25
Endocrine metabolism
disorders
26 - 27
Connective tissue disorders
– seronegative
28 - 29
Connective tissue disorders
– seropositive
30-31
32 - 33
Degenerative changes in
various systems in old age
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Carry out examination and
do relevant special tests.
Case based learning in the Interprets the final report of
same topic
ABG.
Local and general
Patient examination and
observation
exercise prescription
First Sessional Examination
Examines a case of DM and
Case based learning
form the relevant goals and
Exercise prescription
treatment methods for the
optimum outcome.
Evaluate a case of
Case based learning on
connective tissue disorder
OA, AS and crystal
and form the relevant goals
arthropathies
and treatment methods for
the optimum outcome.
Evaluate a case of
connective tissue disorder
Case based learning on RA and form the relevant goals
and treatment methods for
the optimum outcome.
Spring Semester Break
Evaluate geriatric group
patients and forming the
SEMINAR
relevant goals and treatment
methods for the optimum
outcome.
General examination
197 | P a g e
34
Common infectious
disorders and HIV
Common ENT related
disorders
Case based learning
Practical on the same
topic
35 – 37
Case based learning on
vestibular rehabilitation
38 - 39
Common hematological
disorders
Case based learning on
hemophilia
40 - 41
Introduction to common
medical and surgical
emergencies
Environment and health
42
Bioelectric instrumentation
in ICU
Special procedures in ICU
43
44- 46
47
48-52
Formulate relevant goals and
treatment methods for the
optimum outcome.
Examines a case of vertigo
and form the relevant goals
and treatment methods for
the optimum outcome.
Formulate relevant goals and
treatment methods for the
optimum outcome in anemia
and hemophila patients
Practical sessions on
BLS/ALS
Handling the emergencies
and delivering life support
techniques.
Management of a patient
on ventilator
Knowledge about
ventilators, different modes
of ventilator and their
settings. Chart review and
treatment of a patient in ICU.
Revision
Second Sessional Examination
Eid Al Fitr Holidays
Summer Vacation
Term – III
53
Pre and Post-operative
management
54
Types of anesthesia - Merits,
demerits and its effects
55 - 56
Common abdominal
surgeries
57
58 - 59
Common abdominal
transplantation surgeries
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Analyze and synthesis
problem oriented treatment
goals
Case Based Learning on
anesthesia complications
Case Based Learning on pre
and postoperative
rehabilitation for common
abdominal surgeries
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Case Based Learning on
rehabilitation for common
abdominal transplantation
surgeries
Gain competency in
evaluating and treating
preoperative and postoperative patients
Anesthetic complications assessment and treatment.
Abdominal surgeries and
its management.
Abdominal transplantation
surgeries and its
management.
198 | P a g e
60 - 62
63 - 64
65
66 - 67
Vasomotor disorders and
tropic ulcers
Case based learning on
finding differentials
between venous and arterial
ulcers
Common surgeries for burns
complication
Introduction to plastic
surgery and reconstructive
surgery
Case Based Learning on
burns complication
Case Based Learning on
rehabilitation for plastic
surgery patients
Common psychiatric
disorders and treatment
Case based learning on
perceptual and cognitive
deficits
68-69
70 - 71
72
Evaluate ulcers and
forming the relevant goals
and treatment methods
for the optimum outcome.
Amputation rehabilitation.
Complications of burns and
the treatment for it.
Post-operative assessment
and treatment.
Evaluate psychiatric group
patients and forming the
relevant goals and
treatment methods for the
optimum outcome.
Fall Semester Break
Fungal and viral skin
infections
Case based learning of
common infectious skin
disorder cases
Systemic skin disorders
Case based learning of
common infectious skin
disorder cases
73
74 – 76
77
78 – 80
Evaluate leprosy patients
and form the relevant
goals and treatment
methods for the optimum
outcome.
Evaluate leprosy patients
and form the relevant
goals and treatment
methods for the optimum
outcome.
Revision
Third Sessional Examination
Study Holidays
Final Professional Examination
Reference Books
1. Kottke F, Lehmann J; Krusen’s handbook of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation; W
B Saunders Company; London; 1990; Fourth edition. (ISBN No. 0-7216-2985-7)
2. Bailey and Love; Short Practice of Surgery; Arnold; 2004; 24th Edition,
(ISBN No. 0-340-75949-6)
3. Paz Jaime, Panik Michele; Acute Care Handbook for Physical Therapists; ButterworthHeinemann; 2001; 2nd Edition, (ISBN No. 0750673001)
4. Guccione Andrew A, Geriatric Physical Therapy, Mosby, 2000, 2nd Edition, (ISBN No.
0323001726).
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
199 | P a g e
14.7.17 Course Title: Physiotherapy in Community Health PT 4105
Course Coordinator
Academic Year
E-mail
:
:
:
Ms. Siva Priya
III & IV Year, 2013-2014
[email protected]
Intended Learning Outcomes
Cognitive Domain
On completion of the course students will












Reflect on own values and assumptions regarding health and wellbeing
Discuss health, wellbeing and disability in terms of the diversity of definitions and
concepts
Define, compare and contrast biological and ecological models of health
Explain the world health organization international classification of functioning,
disability and health framework and its applications to health and social care practice
Identify the socio-cultural, economic and physical determinants of health
Identify inequalities in health and utilization of service and the underlying reasons
Critically reflect on contemporary debates regarding responsibility for health and the
role for governments and private enterprise
Describe the implications for occupational health and safety in the clinical
Display the ability to identify, formulate and resolve problems of Community
physiotherapy in a multidisciplinary environment individually and as a member of a
team
Identify how environment influence the health of the individual, the community
Describe the significance of mental health promotion for overall well being
Analyze the role of International Health Agencies
Psychomotor Domain
On completion of the course student will be able to:


Demonstrate personal and professional skills when faced with the characteristics of
each community.
Deliver health education and advice on relevant issues such as falls, risk reduction,
posture, back care, continence and home exercise programs.
Affective Domain
On completion of the course student will be able to:

Demonstrate interest to community physiotherapy services
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
200 | P a g e
Student Assessment
Internal Assessment
Sessional Examination, Class Tests, Seminar, Assignments.
Theory
80 marks
Viva voce
40 marks
Internal Assessment 30 marks
_______________________
Total
150 marks
_______________________
Teaching schedule for Physiotherapy in Community Health
Term I
Week
1
Theory
Lab Activity
Competency Gained
Orientation Week
2-3
Natural history of disease and
the influence of social,
economic and cultural aspects
of health and diseases.
Assignment
Explain the various factors
influencing health with
various examples
4-5
Nutritional disorders
Assignment
Explain the common
nutritional disorders and
methods to prevent it
6
Eid Al Adha Holidays
7-8
Levels of Prevention
Assignment
9-11
Occupational Health
Assignment
12-14
15
16-17
Written Assignment:
Classify the identified
Concepts of Impairment Disabilityclinical problems of any
and Handicap
2 patients in the OPD
ICIDH model and NAGI model
department of Physical
Therapy ,GMCHRC in
terms of ICIDH and
NAGI models
REVISION
Fall Semester Break
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Explain the three levels of
prevention and its significance
Gain overview of various
health related issues related
to specific occupations
and measures to prevent it
Competency in identifying
and solving clinical problems
in terms of ICIDH and NAGI
models
201 | P a g e
Term – II
18-19
Community Based
Rehabilitation
Assignment on CBR
structure of any Middle
Eastern Country
20-21
Disability Surveys
Census of students with
disability in GMC Ajman
22-23
24-28
29
Ergonomics and computer
Work Stations
Cumulative Trauma
Disorders
First Sessional Examination
Company visits to help
computer professionals
identify and re correct their
work stations and working
postures
Written assignment on any
common CTD’s
Knowledge of
organizational Structure of
CBR and its significance
Knowledge of disability
survey methods and its
importance in prevention of
diseases
Gain Knowledge on
Identification, Assessment
and management of
ergonomic issues related to
PT practice
Knowledge about the
causes and prevention of
CTD’s
30-31
Spring Semester Break
32
International Health
Agencies
Assignment on any
International Health Agency
and its contribution to
health services in
community
Insight to the role of health
agencies in community
based rehabilitation
Health Education
Impart health Education
classes in GMCHRC Physical
Therapy Department
Competency in preparation
and delivery of health
information to the general
Public as a form of
primordial prevention
33-34
35-37
Community Visits
38
Class Test
39-40
Assignment on any natural
calamity and their
management
41-42
Disaster Management
Mental Health
43
44- 46
47
48-52
Assignment
Gains overview of disaster
management
Insight to significance of
mental health and role of
PT s in mental health of
their patients
Revision
Second Sessional Examination
Eid Al Fitr Holidays
Summer Vacation
Reference Books
1. Werner David , Disabled Village Children: A Guide for Health Workers, Rehabilitation
Workers, and Families , Hesperian Foundation; 1st edition (ISBN: 0942364066)
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
202 | P a g e
14.7.18 Course Title: Research, Biostatistics, Professional Issues, Ethics & Management PT4106
Course Coordinator
Co - Faculty
Academic Year
E-mail
:
:
:
:
Prof. Shatha Al Sharbatti
Dr. Rizwana Sheikh & Mr. Kumaraguruparan Gopal
IV Year
[email protected]
Intended Learning Outcomes
This course focuses on the development of skills necessary to understand quantitative
research design and analysis. Students will learn to recognize the application of quantitative
research to studying issues related to physical therapy and gain fundamental concepts
relating to research design, data collection and analysis perspective on the limitations and
appropriate use of quantitative research methods. This course will also focus on writing a
research paper and proposal.
Course objective
1. Identify issues, questions and problems inherent in the selected topic of study
2. Critically review the literature relating to the topic, leading to detailed specification of
the aims and objectives of the study implement methods of enquiry appropriate to
the aims of the study.
Cognitive Domain: On completion of the course student will be able to









Explain the basic principles of research
Identify phenomena which need to be researched and ask meaningful research
questions.
Describe the basic principles of selecting and employing appropriate research
techniques including research design, observational procedures, data analysis and
interpretation.
Determine the different type of research and statistical analysis utilized in physical
therapy research
Create, plan, execute and report a research study
Describe different statistical designs.
Understand the ethical principles and professional issues related to the practice of
physiotherapy.
Describe the role of world bodies such as W.C.P.T and other health and medico –
social agencies.
Comprehend legal issues in the practice of physiotherapy.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
203 | P a g e
Psychomotor Domain
On completion of the course student will be able to:
• Read and evaluate current research and translate its conclusion into practice
• Develop management skills in the practice of physiotherapy
• Design a plan for research study based on the gap in the literature
• Incorporates information technology in the practice of physiotherapy
Affective Domain
On completion of this course,
• Student will develop a positive outlook towards research and Evidence Based Practice
Student Assessment
Internal Assessment
Sessional Examination, Class Tests, Seminar, Assignments.
Final Assessment
Theory
80 marks
Internal Assessment 20 marks
_______________________
Total
100 marks
_______________________
Teaching Schedule for Research and Biostatistics
Term III
Week
Types of research
The steps in planning a good research
Research question, Literature critique
The research process
Competency Gained
Insight to Research and Professional
development
Research problems in PT
Select a research problem
steps in planning a good research
Make a question out of a problem
Sequencing of procedures
56
Types of Hypothesis
Writes a hypothesis
57
58
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Development of a questionnaire
Develop a questionnaire
Research design
Overview of design
Organization of observations
Proper documentation of observations
Data management
Data collection and analysis
Writing research proposal
Skill of Writing a research proposal
Writing research paper
Skill of Writing a paper for publication
Differentiate between Descriptive and
Descriptive and inferential statistics
inferential statistics
53
54
55
59-60
60-61
62-63
64
Theory
Research in physical therapy Difficulty
encounter for PT research
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
204 | P a g e
72
Variables
Describes and explains the types of
Central tendency
variables in physical therapy research
Data collection, Analysis, measurements
Documents and analyze data
including calibration, validity and reliability
Fall Semester Break
Correlation and regression
Application in PT Research
Organization and management of data
Presentation of data
collected
Tables and Graphs
Documents data in tables and graphs and
use them for interpretation of results
Data Interpretation
Interprets data
73
Revision
72-74
Third Sessional Examination
75-76
Study Holidays
77-78
Professional Examination
65
66-67
68-69
70
71
Teaching Schedule for Professional Issues and Management
Term III
WEEK
53
54
55-56
57
58-59
60-61
62-63
64
65-67
THEORY
COMPETENCY GAINED
Scope
and
understanding
of
physiotherapy practice internationally
Application of professional and ethical
Concepts of morality, ethics and legality
practice in clinical setting
Contribute as a responsible team
Management of health care organization
member of the health care team.
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Administrative functions in of a
Contribute and align administrative
physiotherapists in the hospital
functions of a PT in a hospital setting
Able to understand methods of
Methods of maintaining records
documentation and recordkeeping and
the importance of the same.
Able to contribute and cooperate with
Personnel management
colleagues and staff in hospital setting
Draw an organizational chart and
Principles of an organizational chart
develop policies and procedures manual
for a clinic
Manage budget and financial aspects of
Financial issues including budget and income
a physiotherapy clinic as a profitable
generation
business
World confederation of physical therapy
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
205 | P a g e
68-69
70
71-72
Fall Semester Break
Organization of a department
Plan and set up a general physiotherapy
Resource and quality management
clinic in a given population setting.
Plan career growth and a personal
Self – Management
development plan for continuing
Career development
professional development.
73
Revision
74-76
Third Sessional Examination
77
Study Holidays
78-80
Professional Examination
Reference Books
1. Bork,CE,Research in Physical Therapy, Lippin Cott,1993
2. Dimond,B,Legal Aspects of Physiotherapy, Blaskwell Science Ltd, Oxford.
(ISBN: 0-632-05108-6)
3. Elizabeth Domholdt Physical Therapy Research: Principles and Applications
Hardcover 2000
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
206 | P a g e
14.7.19 Course Title: Concepts of Bioengineering PT 4107
Course Coordinator
Academic Year
Email
:
:
:
Mr. Shad Mohammad
IV Year, 2013-2014
[email protected]
Intended Learning Outcomes
Cognitive Domain:
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:



Explain the principles behind the application of various prosthetic and orthotic
appliances.
Identify the appliances for ambulation, protection and prevention.
Describe and explain the fabrication of various temporary splints.
Psychomotor Domain:
At the end of the course the student should be able to:


Recommend the correct prosthetic or orthotic appliances and use of appliance to the
patient.
Demonstrate the fabrication of simple temporary splints.
Affective Domain:
At the end of the course the student should be able to:



Demonstrate empathy and humane approach towards patients, relatives and
attendants.
Demonstrate interpersonal and communication skills befitting a physiotherapist in
order to discuss the illness and its outcome with patient and family.
Develop a proper attitude towards patients, colleagues, and other staff, keeping
patient’s welfare foremost to provide quality care.
Student Evaluation
Internal Assessment
Sessional Examination, Class Tests, Seminar, Assignments.
Final Assessment
Theory
80 marks
Internal Assessment 20 marks
_______________________
Total 100 marks
_______________________
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
207 | P a g e
Teaching Schedule for Concepts of Bioengineering
Term III
Week
53-54
55-56
Theory
60-61
62-63
Identifies common
orthotics
Understanding the working
principles of orthotics
Eid Al Adha Holidays
Clinical application and
indications of static and
dynamic prostheses and
orthoses for upper limb,
lower limb and spine
Orthotic management of
children.
Wheelchairs and wheeled
mobility
Written assignment on any
orthotic/ prosthetic of the Prescription of aids
UE/LE measurements
Assignment
on
Guidance orthosis
WC measurement
64-65
Adaptive driving
modifications
Case Presentations
66-67
Environment control for
persons with disabilities
including ADL equipment.
Case Presentations
68-69
70-71
Competency Gained
Classification of aids and
appliances
Biomechanical principles in
designing of appliances
57
58-59
Lab Activity
Hip Orthotic prescription of
children
Competency in WC
measurement
Identifies the need and
suggest driving
modifications
Identifies the need and
suggest ADL equipments
based on identified
impairments and
disabilities
Fall Semester Break
Fabrication of temporary
splints
Lab Work
72-73
Revision
74-76
Third Sessional Examination
77
Study Holidays
78-80
Professional Examination
Competency in fabrication
of light splints
Reference Books
1. Donald Shurr, John W. Michael Prosthetics and Orthotics
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
208 | P a g e
14.8 Mandatory Internship Project Guidelines
Project Work
The guide lines for internship project will be as follows.













The student should select only one diagnosed condition.
The student should perform a thorough assessment of the selected patients based
on standard protocols.
The student should intervene with PT management of the selected patients based on
the identified short term and long term goals.
The student should describe a detailed report of the patient.
A detailed review of evidence based management of the particular case should also
be included.
The project should have the student’s reflection on the particular case and what he /
she has helped the patient achieve.
Real patient pictures with legal acceptance, assessment and treatment procedures.
Student should do a presentation of the project work in front of the Dean and all
faculties of the Physical Therapy department and other invited faculties from GMU.
Grading will be based on the merit of printed material and presentation.
The report submitted by the candidate will be duly verified at the end of the
Internship
Internship completion certificate shall be issued to the candidate only after the
satisfactory performance in project, as well as satisfactory completion of each clinical
assignment.
Student should submit 3 bound copies and a CD on or before the final date/ day of
submission
Students who do not submit their project on or before the specified time will not be
eligible for the convocation that year.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
209 | P a g e
15.0 Oath of a Physical Therapist
As I enter the profession of physical therapy, I solemnly pledge that
I will respect the rights and dignity of all individuals and will be trustworthy towards my
patients and clients in all the aspects. I won’t let the practice of my profession be influenced
by race, creed, religion, greed or unethical behavior. With due honor I will place the health
needs of my patients and clients above my own self- interest and passionately reach out to
their pain to cure it empathetically with due compliance to the laws and regulations that
govern physical therapy. My primary aim would be to maintain professional competence and
promote high standards of practice, education and research and at the same time respect
the rights, knowledge and skills of colleagues and other health care professionals.
Thus, with this pledge, I freely accept the responsibilities that accompany the practice of
physical therapy.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
210 | P a g e
16.0 Weekly Teaching Schedule
16.1 First Year BPT Course (September 2013 – June 2014)
Sun
Mon
Tue
Wed
Thu
09.30am
11.00am
12.00pm
01.30pm
02.30pm
To
To
To
To
To
To
09.30am
10.30am
12.00pm
01.00pm
02.30pm
03.30pm
Anatomy
Biochemistry
Physiology
Human
Behavior
Physiology
Medical
Electronics
Nursing /
First Aid
Medical
Electronics
Anatomy
Anatomy
Biochemistry
Socialization
Anatomy
Physiology
Computer
Application
Socialization
Anatomy
Clinical / Clinical Education
Fri
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Human
CBL
Behavior
01.00 – 01.30 BREAK
Day
08.30am
10.30 – 11.00 BREAK
Time
Physiology
Demonstration /
Practical
Anatomy
Demonstration /
Practical
Computer
SDL
Application
physics
Human
Behavior
HOLIDAY
211 | P a g e
16.2 Second Year BPT Course (September 2013 – June 2014)
09.30am
11.00am
12.00pm
01.30pm
02.30pm
To
To
To
To
To
To
09.30am
10.30am
12.00pm
01.00pm
02.30pm
03.30pm
Sun
Wed
Thu
Biomechanics of
(09.00 am to 01.00 pm)
human motion
Exercise
Clinicals*
Mon
Tue
Clinicals*
(09.00 am to 01.00 pm)
Pathology CBL
Pathology
Microbiolo
gy
Electro Therapy
Fri
Micro /
Pharma
Pharma
Biomechanics of human
motion
Biomechanics of human
motion
01.00 – 01.30 BREAK
Day
08.30am
BREAK
Time
Therapy &
Massage
Electro
Therapy
Exercise
Therapy &
Massage
Electro
Therapy
Exercise Therapy
Exercise
Therapy &
Massage
Electro
Therapy
HOLIDAY
Note: Students must check with the Academic Coordinator for Clinical Education regarding their Clinical postings schedule.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
212 | P a g e
16.3 Third Year BPT Course (September 2013 – June 2014)
Time
Day
Sun
08.30am
09.30am
11.00am
12.00pm
01.30pm
02.30pm
To
To
To
To
To
To
09.30am
10.30am
12.00pm
01.00pm
02.30pm
03.30pm
Clinicals
Clinicals
PT Musculoskeletal
(09.00 am to 01.00 pm)
(09.00 am to 01.00 pm)
Disorders
Dermatology
Anesthesia
BREAK
Mon
Tue
Wed
Thu
Musculoskel
PT Cardio
etal
respiratory
Disorders
Clinicals
Clinicals
(09.00 am to 01.00 pm)
(09.00 am to 01.00 pm)
OBG
Pediatrics
PT General Medicine
Clinicals
Clinicals
(09.00 am to 01.00 pm)
(09.00 am to 01.00 pm)
Fri
BREAK
PT
PT
PT
Neuroscien
General
ces
Medicine
PT
PT Cardio
Community
respirator
Health
y
PT Musculoskeletal
Disorders
PT
Neuroscien
SDL
ces
HOLIDAY
Note: Students must check with the Academic Coordinator for Clinical Education regarding their Clinical postings schedule .
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
213 | P a g e
16.4 Final Year BPT Course (September 2013 – March 2014)
Time
Day
08.30am
09.30am
11.00am
12.00pm
01.30pm
02.30pm
To
To
To
To
To
To
09.30am
10.30am
12.00pm
01.00pm
02.30pm
03.30pm
PT
PT
General
Communit
Medicine
y Health
PT
Sun
Clinical Ortho
Musculosk
Research & Biostatistics
eletal
Disorders
Tue
Wed
Clinicals
(09.00 am to 01.00 pm)
(09.00 am to 01.00 pm)
Internal
Medicine
Medicine
PT
Musculoskele
tal Disorders
Clinicals
Clinicals
(09.00 am to 01.00 pm)
(09.00 am to 01.00 pm)
PT
Thu
ENT
PT General
Cardiorespira
tory
PT
Musculosk
eletal
Disorders
Fri
PT
PT
Neuroscienc
Cardiorespira
es
tory
Clinical Neurolgy
BREAK
Clinicals
BREAK
Mon
Concepts of
Bioengineering
PT Neurosciences
Ethics professional
issue & Management
HOLIDAY
Note: Students must check with the Academic Coordinator for Clinical Education regarding their Clinical postings schedule .
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
214 | P a g e
17.0 Course Completion Requirements
Total Contact Hours:
I BPT
(PT 1101) Human Behaviour & Socialization
(PT 1102) Human Anatomy
(PT 1103) Human Physiology & Biochemistry
(PT 1104) Basic Med. Electronics & Comp. App
(PT 1105) Fund.of patient care and first aid
(PT 1106) Physiotherapy Orientation
100
200
200
200
60
30
II BPT
(PT 2101) Electrotherapy
(PT 2102) Exercise Therapy & Massage
(PT 2103) Biomechanics of Human Motion
(PT 2104) Microbiology
(PT 2105) Pathology
(PT 2106) Pharmacology
200
300
120
60
80
80
Final BPT
(PT 4101) PT in Musculoskeletal Disorders
(PT 4102) PT in Cardio-respiratory Disorders
(PT 4103) PT in Neurosciences
(PT 4104) PT in Gen. Med., Surgical, O.B.G
(PT 4105) PT in Community Health
(PT 4106) Research, Biostatistics, Professional
Issues & Management.
(PT 4107) Concepts of Bioengineering
(PT 1107) Clinical Education (First, Second, Third & Final )
250
250
250
250
100
80
50
1,410
DETAILS OF COURSE COMPLETION
Course duration of B.P.T. degree program is 4 academic years including 6 months of
internship (Divided in to 8 terms) and includes successful completion of:
1. I, II, & Final B.P.T Professional Examinations
2. Compulsory Rotatory Internship
3. Project work
Upon completion of all didactic and internship requirements of the program, students will
be awarded a Bachelor of Physiotherapy degree.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
215 | P a g e
18.0 Examination Regulations - BPT Program







Attendance: 80% attendance (theory and practical / clinical education) is required to
qualify to appear for Professional Examinations.
Students enrolled in the Physiotherapy program from the academic year 2006
onwards will have to secure 50% marks in internal assessment to qualify for the
eligibility to attempt professional examination in any subject.
First B.P.T. Professional Examination shall be held at the end of second term in the
courses of Human Behavior & Socialization, Anatomy, Physiology and Biochemistry
and Basic Medical electronics & Computer Applications.
Second B.P.T Professional Examination shall be held at the end of the fourth term
in the courses of Exercise Therapy and Massage, Electrotherapy, Biomechanics of
Human motion, Pathology, Pharmacology and Microbiology.
Final B.P.T Professional Examination shall be held in the courses of Physical Therapy
in Musculoskeletal Disorders, Physical Therapy in Cardiorespiratory Disorders,
Physical Therapy in Neurosciences, Physical Therapy in General Medical, Surgical,
Obsterics and Gynaecological conditions, Physical Therapy in Community Health,
Research, Biostatics, Professional Issues and Management, Concepts of
Bioengineering.
It is mandatory for all the students to appear for the main Professional
Examination. Absenteeism in any Professional/ Supplementary examination shall be
considered as an attempt.
All the Professional Examination shall be conducted in two parts as:·
a) Theory Examination)
b) Clinical/ Practical & Viva Voce Examination)
Candidates should have appeared for all components of the professional examinations
(theory, clinical, practical, OSPE, OSCE, VIVA, etc.) to be considered for assessment. Failure
to appear for any component of the examination will be considered as absence from the
whole of the examination.




A candidate who fails to appear for the main professional examination, without valid
/ approved reason, does not qualify to appear for Supplementary examination.
A candidate who fails in more than one courses in the main and/ or first
supplementary examination conducted within 6 weeks after First B.P.T Professional
Examination, will not be promoted to Second B.P.T.
A candidate who fails in one or two courses in First B.P.T Professional Examination,
will be promoted to Second B.P.T and such a candidate should pass the course /
courses before appearing for Second B.P.T Professional Examination.
A candidate who fails in four successive attempts in the I Year B.P.T Professional
Examination will have to discontinue the B.P.T Program.
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
216 | P a g e

Students should pass in all the courses in the II Year subjects before they are allowed
to enter the third year of clinical training.

A candidate who fails in more than two courses of II Year B.P.T Professional
Examination will be given a chance to appear for the supplementary examinations
conducted within 6 weeks after the Second B.P.T Professional Examination, and
should pass the courses before being permitted to continue to Third B.P.T

Candidates who appear for Final BPT Professional Examination should pass in all the
courses before being considered eligible for internship.

Supplementary Examinations for candidates who failed in the Final BPT Professional
Examination shall be conducted at intervals of 6 months.

The duration of theory examinations shall be 3 hours and the question papers shall
consist of Multiple Choice Questions and Short essay Questions.

Candidates who have joined the BPT Program before the academic year 2004-05
must secure an average 50% marks in the course including Theory, Practical Viva- voce
and internal assessment(as applicable) to be declared as pass.

A candidate who fails in any of the examinations shall have the right to apply for retotaling. No revaluation will be allowed under any circumstances.

The compulsory internship will culminate in the submission of a project in the area
chosen by the student. The student will be assigned a supervisor for the same.
The results of Examination in each course shall be classified as follows:
Students require an aggregate minimum of 60% with the separate minimum marks of 50% for
theory and practical to secure a pass in professional examination.
Grading System
Classification
Marks Scored in Percentage
Letter Grade
Excellent
>=90
A+
Very Good
80-89
A
Good
70-79
B
Pass
60-69
C
Fail
< 60
F
19.0 Toppers in the BPT Professional Examinations
Overall toppers in the I BPT Professional Examination July – 2013
Reg. No.
Name
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
2012PT01
Djeinabou Soumo Salaheddine
500
446
89
2012PT17
Nabeela Shahzadi Malik Muhammad
Waris
500
444
89
2012PT18
Neamah Aslam
500
421
84
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
Overall toppers in the II BPT Professional Examination July – 2013
Reg. No.
Name
2011PT18
Nemat Fatima Abbas Muljiani
800
677
85
2011PT22
Aafia Hashmi
800
659
82
2011PT08
Absana Fathima Mohamed Nizam
800
628
79
Overall toppers in the Final BPT Professional Examination March – 2013
Reg. No.
Name
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
2009PT05
Lubna Khalid
1550
1375
89
2009PT03
Nargis Aziz Ali
1550
1359
88
2009PT02
Zainab Quresh
1550
1306
84
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
2|P a g e
Toppers in Individual Courses
First Year BPT Subject Toppers – July 2013
Human Behavior & Socialization
Reg. No.
Name
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
2012PT01
Djeinabou Soumo Salaheddine
100
84
84
2012PT17
Nabeela Shahzadi Malik Muhammad
Waris
100
83
83
2012PT11
Yasmin Nasir Ajanah
100
78
78
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
Human Anatomy
Reg. No.
Name
2012PT01
Djeinabou Soumo Salaheddine
150
136
91
2012PT17
Nabeela Shahzadi Malik Muhammad
Waris
150
133
89
2012PT08
Hina Qasim Jan
150
132
88
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
Human Physiology & Biochemistry
Reg. No.
Name
2012PT01
Djeinabou Soumo Salaheddine
150
140
93
2012PT18
Neamah Aslam
150
140
93
2012PT17
Nabeela Shahzadi Malik Muhammad
Waris
150
138
92
2012PT05
Tahira Ahmed
150
132
88
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
3|P a g e
Basic Medical Electronics & Computer Application
Reg. No.
Name
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
2012PT17
Nabeela Shahzadi Malik Muhammad
Waris
100
90
90
2012PT01
Djeinabou Soumo Salaheddine
100
86
86
2012PT05
Tahira Ahmed
100
86
86
2012PT18
Neamah Aslam
100
86
86
2012PT06
Zainab Nazmuddin Mithi
100
82
82
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
Second Year BPT Subject Toppers – July 2013
Electrotherapy
Reg. No.
Name
2011PT08
Absana Fathima Mohamed Nizam
200
170
85
2011PT13
Gulshan Shahzadi
200
169
85
2011PT22
Aafia Hashmi
200
169
85
2011PT18
Nemat Fatima Abbas Muljiani
200
167
84
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
Exercise therapy & Massage
Reg. No.
Name
2011PT18
Nemat Fatima Abbas Muljiani
200
163
82
2011PT22
Aafia Hashmi
200
152
76
2011PT06
Kalsoom Asif
200
143
72
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
4|P a g e
Biomechanics of Human Motion
Reg. No.
Name
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
2011PT18
Nemat Fatima Abbas Muljiani
100
84
84
2011PT22
Aafia Hashmi
100
83
83
2011PT13
Gulshan Shahzadi
100
79
79
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
Microbiology
Reg. No.
Name
2011PT22
Aafia Hashmi
100
91
91
2011PT18
Nemat Fatima Abbas Muljiani
100
89
89
2011PT02
Huma Abdul Rahim Wali Dad
100
86
86
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
Pathology
Reg. No.
Name
2011PT18
Nemat Fatima Abbas Muljiani
100
84
84
2011PT12
Dalia Mahmoud Murshed Al Otti
100
76
76
2011PT06
Kalsoom Asif
100
75
75
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
Pharmacology
Reg. No.
Name
2011PT22
Aafia Hashmi
100
93
93
2011PT01
Syyeda Maleha Jeelani
100
92
92
2011PT18
Nemat Fatima Abbas Muljiani
100
90
90
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
5|P a ge
Final Year BPT Subject Toppers – March 2013
PT in Musculoskeletal Disorders
Reg. No.
Name
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
2009PT03
Nargis Aziz Ali
300
264
88
2009PT05
Lubna Khalid
300
263
88
2009PT02
Zainab Quresh
300
260
87
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
PT in Cardio-respiratory Disorders
Reg. No.
Name
2009PT07
Khadija Sanam
300
261
87
2009PT05
Lubna Khalid
300
258
86
2009PT03
Nargis Aziz Ali
300
254
85
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
PT in Neurosciences
Reg. No.
Name
2009PT05
Lubna Khalid
300
282
94
2009PT03
Nargis Aziz Ali
300
272
91
2009PT04
Anju Nair
300
269
90
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
6|P a ge
PT in General Medical, Surgical & OBG Conditions
Reg. No.
Name
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
2009PT07
Khadija Sanam
300
263
88
2009PT17
Seher Amjad
300
261
87
2009PT03
Nargis Aziz Ali
300
255
85
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
PT in Community Health
Reg. No.
Name
2009PT03
2009PT05
Nargis Aziz Ali
Lubna Khalid
150
150
138
138
92
92
2009PT04
Anju Nair
150
133
89
2009PT02
Zainab Quresh
150
131
87
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
Research, Biostatics, Professional Issues & Management
Reg. No.
Name
2009PT04
Anju Nair
100
95
95
2009PT05
Lubna Khalid
100
94
94
2009PT03
Nargis Aziz Ali
100
92
92
Max.
Marks
Marks
Obtained
Percentage
Concepts of Bioengineering
Reg. No.
Name
2009PT05
Lubna Khalid
100
89
89
2009PT08
Alefiyah Khozema
100
86
86
2009PT03
Nargis Aziz Ali
100
84
84
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
7|P a ge
20.0 Administrators and Faculty
Administrators
Mr. Thumbay Moideen
Prof. Gita Ashok Raj
Dr. P.K. Menon
Prof. Mohammed Arifulla
Prof. R. Chandramouli
Mr. Praveen Kumar K
Dr. Joshua Ashok
Prof. K.G. Gomathi
Dr. Rizwana B Shaikh
Founder President
Provost
Director, Administration
Dean, Admissions & Registers
Dean, Assessment & Evaluation
Associate Dean, College of Allied Health Sciences
Associate Dean Student Affairs
Associate Dean, Admissions & Registers
Associate Dean, Assessment & Evaluation
List of Faculty Members
Faculty of Physical Therapy Sciences
Name
Mr. Praveen Kumar
Mr. Kumaraguruparan
Gopal
Qualifications
BPT – 1998
MSPT – 2000
DPT - 2013
BPT – 1995
PGDF – 2007
MPT - 2009
Conferring University
Mangalore University, India
Guru Nanak Dev University, India
North Eastern University, USA
Designation
Associate Dean &
Assistant Professor
Dr. MGR University, India
Ramakrishna Mission
Vivekananda University, India
Dr. MGR University, India
Lecturer
Mr. Sathees Kumar
Durairaj
BPT - 2000
MPT – 2003
Dr. MGR University, India
Lecturer
Mr. Rashij Manhakandan
BPT – 2002
MPT - 2005
Rajiv Gandhi University, India
Lecturer
BSc (Rad) – 2007
MSc (MI) - 2011
Rajiv Gandhi University, India
Manipal University, India
Lecturer
Ms. Sivapriya
Ramakrishnan
BPT – 2008
MPT - 2012
The Tamilnadu Dr. M.G.R
University, India
Assistant Lecturer
Ms. Annamma Mathew
BPT – 1998
Dr. MGR University, India
Demonstrator
Dr. NTR University, India
Rajiv Gandhi University, India
Instructor
Mr. Albin Babu Mooppattil
Wilson
Ms. Remya Radhakrishnan
Pillai
BSc (Nur) – 2009
MSc (Nur) - 2012
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
8|P a ge
Faculty of Biomedical Sciences
Name
Prof. R. Chandramouli
Prof. Bushra Hasan
Elshafei Elzawahry
Prof. Hemant Kumar Garg
Prof. Jayakumary
Muttappallymyalil
Qualifications
MSc – 1972
PhD - 1981
M.B.B.Ch – 1983
MSc – 1993
MD (PhD) - 1997
MBBS – 1984
MD - 1992
MBBS – 1993
MD - 1998
MSc. – 1985
Prof. K. G. Gomathi
PhD - 1993
MBBS – 1994
Dr. Ramesh Ranganathan
MD - 2001
Dr. Joshua Ashok
Dr. Rizwana
Burhanuddin Shaikh
Dr. Nelofar Sami Khan
Dr. Razia Khanam
Dr. Ghaith Jassim Jaber Al
Eyd*
MBBS - 1984
MD - 1992
MBBS - 1992
MD - 1999
MSc. – 1994
PhD - 1998
B. Pharm – 1997
M. Pharm – 1999
PhD - 2006
MBChB - 1995
MSc. - 1999
PhD - 2005
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Conferring University
University of Madras, India
Al-Azhar University, Egypt
Aligarh Muslim University,
India
Bangalore University, India
All India Institute of Medical
Sciences, India
NTR University of Health
Sciences, India
University of Madras, India
M.G.R. University, India
Bangalore University, India
Kevempu University, India
Aligarh Muslim University,
India
Designation
Dean Assessment &
Evaluation and
Professor & Head of
the Department of
Physiology
Professor,
Department of
Physiology
Professor of
Pharmacology
Professor of
Community Medicine
Associate Dean –
Admission & Registers
and Professor,
Department of
Biochemistry
Associate Dean –
Graduate Studies and
Associate Professor &
Head of the
Department of
Microbiology
Associate Dean –
Student Affairs and
Associate Professor &
Head of the
Department of
Forensic Medicine
Associate Dean,
Assessment &
Evaluation and
Associate Professor,
Department of
Community Medicine
Associate Professor,
Department of
Biochemistry
Hamdard University, India
Associate Professor of
Pharmacology
Al-Nahrain University, Iraq
Associate Dean –
College of Medicine
and Associate
Professor,
Department of
Pathology
9|P a g e
Assistant Professor,
Department of
Pharmacology
Dr. Syed Shehnaz Ilyas
MBBS – 1995
MD - 2002
Dr. M.G.R. Medical University,
India
Dr. May Khalil Ismail
MSc. – 1986
PhD - 2006
Colarado State University, USA
University of Mosul, Iraq
Assistant Professor,
Department of
Biochemistry
Dr. Nisha Shantha
Kumari
MBBS – 1999
MD – 2005
DNB - 2005
University of Kerala, India
University of Kerala, India
National Board of
Examinations, India
Assistant Professor,
Department of
Physiology
Dr. Anuj Mathur
MBBS – 1996
MD - 2004
University of Rajasthan, India
Dr. Sajit Khan Ahmed
Khan
MBBS – 1995
MD - 2006
Bangalore University, India
Annamalai University, India
Dr. Biswadip Hazarika
Dr. Anu Vinod Ranade
Dr. Miral Nagy Fahmy
Salama
Dr. Kannan Narsimhan
Dr. Faheem Ahmed
Khanzada
MBBS – 1990
MD – 2004
MSc – 1996
PhD - 2007
MB.B.Ch – 1996
MSc – 2002
MD - 2007
MBBS – 1998
MD - 2004
MBBS – 1998
Dr. Mohammad
Mesbahuzzaman
MPH - 2006
MBBS – 1998
MD - 2011
Ms. Soofia Ahmed
MSc – 1986
MPhil - 1989
Dr. Shiny Prabha Mohan
Ms. Suni Ebby
Dr. Lisha Jenny John
MBBS – 2003
MD - 2008
BSc – 1996
MSc - 1999
MAHE, Manipal – India
Ain Shams University, Egypt
Pondicherry University, India
University of Karachi, Pakistan
University of Malaya, Malaysia
University of Dhaka,
Bangladesh
Assistant Professor of
Anatomy
Assistant Professor of
Physiology
Senior Lecturer,
Department of
Community Medicine
Lecturer, Department
of Pathology
University of Karachi, Pakistan
Lecturer, Department
of Physiology
University of Kerala, India
Lecturer, Department
of Pathology
Kerala University, India
MG University, India
Lecturer in Anatomy
MBBS – 2003
MD - 2008
Rajiv Ghandhi University of
Health Sciences, India
Lecturer in
Pharmacology
MBBS – 2006
Gulf Medical University, UAE
Baba Farid University of Health
Sciences, India
Lecturer, Department
of Anatomy
Dr. Liju Susan Mathew
MS - 2010
Ms. Devapriya Finney
Shadroch
Dibrugarh University, India
Assistant Professor of
Microbiology
Assistant Professor,
Department of
Microbiology
Assistant Professor of
Pathology
Assistant Professor of
Anatomy
BSc – 1985
MSc - 1988
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
University of Madras, India
Lecturer, Department
of Microbiology
10 | P a g e
MBBS – 2005
MS (Ortho) - 2006
Manipal Academy of Higher
Education, India
Kathmandu University, Nepal
Lecturer, Simulation
Centre
MBBS – 1996
DCP - 2000
Bangalore University, India
Rajiv Ghandhi University of
Health Sciences, India
Demonstrator,
Department of
Pathology
Al Mustanseria University, Iraq
Demonstrator,
Department of
Anatomy
MBBS – 2006
Masters in General
Pathology - 2010
University of Aleppo, Syria
Demonstrator,
Department of
Pathology
MBBS – 1995
Diploma in Clinical
Pathology - 2001
Dr. MGR Medical University,
India
University of Kerala, India
Dr. Syed Morteza
Mahmoudi
MBBS – 2011
Gulf Medical University, Ajman,
UAE
Demonstrator,
Department of
Microbiology and
Coordinator CCE&CO
Demonstrator, Dept.
of Anatomy
Dr. Erum Khan
MBBS - 2001
University of Punjab, Pakistan
Simulation Instructor
University of Science &
technology, Bangladesh
North South University,
Bangladesh
Clinical Tutor
Clinical Tutor
Dr. Nishida
Chandrasekharan
Dr. Mehzabin Ahmed
Dr. Nada A. Kadhum*
Dr. Elias Alkayal
Dr. Priya Sajith
MBChB - 2000
MBBS – 2007
Dr. Zannatul Ferdous
MPH – 2010
Dr. Farhat Fatima
MBBS – 2007
University of Karachi, Pakistan
Dr. Lubna Ahmed
MBBS – 2007
University of Karachi, Pakistan
Dr. Rida Zainab
MBBS – 2011
University of Health Sciences,
Pakistan
Clinical Tutor
Clinical Tutor
*on Sabbatical Leave
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
11 | P a g e
Faculty of Clinical Sciences
Internal Medicine
Name
Prof. Shaik Altaf Basha
Prof. Salwa Abdelzaher
Mabrouk
Dr. Mahir Khalil Ibrahim
Jallo
Qualifications
Conferring University
MBBS - 1974
MD - 1978
University of Madras, India
M.B.B.Ch – 1976
M.S - 1982
M.D - 1992
M.B.B.Ch - 1981
Certificate of Arab
Board of Internal
Medicine - 1992
Designation
Clinical Professor &
Head of the
Department
Ain Shams University, Egypt
Clinical Professor
University of Mosul, Iraq
Arab Board of Medical
Specialization
Clinical Associate
Professor
MBBS – 2002
MD – 2007
MRCP - 2011
Rajiv Gandhi University of
Medical Science, India
Manipal University, India
The Royal College of
Physicians, UK
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Dr. Ehab Moheyeldin Farag
Esheiba
M.B.B.Ch – 1995
Diploma in Internal
Medicine – 1999
MSc - 2004
MRCP - 2009
Alexandria University, Egypt
Cairo University, Egypt
Zagazigu University, Egypt
The Royal College of
Physicians, UK
Clinical Assistant
Professor & Head of
the Department
MBBS – 1995
MSc – 2003
Alexandria University, Egypt
Clinical Lecturer
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
MD – 1987
PhD - 1995
Aleppo University, Syria
Saint Petersburg
Postgraduate Medical
Academy
Clinical Associate
Professor
Dr. Mohammed Khalid
Clinical Lecturer
Cardiology
Dr. Mohamed Ahmed
Mohamed Fathi Ahmed
Neurology
Name
Dr. Adnan Jalkhi
Dr. Mohamed Hamdy
Ibrahim Abdalla
M.B.B.Ch – 1999
MSc – 2005
MD - 2008
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Ain Shams University, Egypt
Clinical Assistant
Professor
12 | P a g e
Dermatology
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Prof. Irene Nirmala
Thomas
MBBS – 1986
MD – 1997
Diploma in
Dermatology – 2004
Clinical Professor and
Head of the
Department
Dr. Wesam Khadum
M.B.B.Ch - 1992
FICMS - 2005
University of Madras, India
Dr. MGR University, India
Royal College of Physicians &
Surgeons of Glasgow, UK
Al-Mustanseriah University,
Iraq
Iraqi Commission for Medical
Specialization
Clinical Assistant
Professor
Psychiatry
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Dr. Mohanad
Abdulrahman Abdul Wahid
MBChB - 1984
FICMS - 1999
(Psychiatry)
Al Mustansiriya, University,
Iraq
Iraqi Commission for Medical
Specialization, Iraq
Clinical Lecturer &
Head of the
Department
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Dr. Younes Younes Abou El
Enien
M.B.B.Ch - 1980
DTM & H - 1988
PGCOD in Family
Practice and Women
Health - 2000
Alexandria University, Egypt
Alexandria University, Egypt
University of Exeter, U.K
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Prof. Yassin Malallah Taher
Al-Musawi
MBChB - 1974
FRCS - 1983
Baghdad University, Iraq
Royal College of Surgeons,
Glasgow -U.K
Clinical Professor &
Head of the
Department
Prof. Manda
Venkatramana
MBBS - 1987
MS - 1990
FRCS - 2001
Saurashtra University, India
Saurashtra University, India
Royal College of Surgeons,
Edinburg, U.K
Dean College of
Medicine and Clinical
Professor
Dr. Pradeep Kumar
Sharma
MBBS – 1984
MS – 1997
MRCS - 2010
Family Medicine
Clinical Lecturer
General Surgery
MBChB - 1996
Dr. Mohanad Mohamad
Sultan
FICMS – 2004
CABS – 2004
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Andhra University, India
University of Mumbai
Royal College of Surgeons in
Ireland
Al Mustansiriya University,
Iraq
Iraqi Commission for Medical
Specialization, Iraq
Clinical Associate
Professor
Clinical Lecturer
13 | P a g e
MRCS - 2008
Dr. Mohamed Sobhy Badr
Sobei
MBBCh – 2001
MSc – 2005
Arab Commission of Medical
Specialization, Syria
Royal College of Physicians &
Surgeons of Glasgow, UK
Al Azhar University, Egypt
Clinical Lecturer
Orthopedics
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Dr. Sujaad Al Badran
MBChB - 1972
FRCS – 1984
Mosul University, Iraq
Royal College of Surgeons,
Edinburg – UK
Dr. Amit Chaturvedi
MBBS - 1993
MS – 1999
DNB - 1999
MNAMS - 2004
Nagpur University, India
University of Calcutta, India
National Board of
Examinations, India
National Academy of Medical
Sciences, India
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
MBBCh - 1988
MSc - 1993
Cairo University, Egypt
Clinical Lecturer &
Head of the
Department
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
MBBS – 1989
MD - 1998
Kerala University, India
University of Mumbai, India
Clinical Associate
Professor & Head of
the Department
MBBS - 1994
MD - 2001
Nagpur University, India
Nagpur University, India
Clinical Assistant
Professor
Dr. MGR University, India
Gandhi Medical College, India
Clinical Lecturer
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
MBBS – 1985
MS – 1996
MRCS - 2007
Punjab University, Pakistan
The Royal College of
Surgeons of Edinburg, UK
Assistant Director
Academic Affairs and
Clinical Associate
Professor & Head of
the Department
Clinical Associate
Professor & Head of
the Department
Clinical Associate
Professor
Radiology
Name
Dr. Tarek Fawzy Abdou
Abd El Ghaffar
Anesthesiology
Name
Dr. Raji Sharma
Dr. Sona Chaturvedi
Dr. Arun Kumar Muthu
Subramanian
MBBS – 1994
MD - 1999
Urology
Name
Dr. Ihsan Ullah Khan
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
14 | P a g e
Otorhinolaryngology
Name
Prof. Tambi Abraham
Cherian
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
M.B.B.S – 1984
DLO - 1989
MS – 1992
DNB - 1992
Madras University, India
Dr. MGR University, India
Dr. MGR University, India
National Board of
Examinations, India
Clinical Professor and
Head of the
Department
Madras University, India
Dr. MGR University, India
Dr. MGR University, India
Prof. Meenu Khurana
Cherian
MBBS – 1987
DLO – 1991
MS - 1994
Director Academic
Affairs and Clinical
Professor
Dr. Effat Radwan Isaa
Radwan
M.B.B.Ch.B - 1969
MS - 1983
University of Cairo, Egypt
Ain Shams University, Egypt
Clinical Lecturer
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Prof. Salwa Abd El-Razak
Attia
MBBCh – 1975
MS – 1981
Fellowship in Cornea
and Refractive
Surgery – 1991
MD - 2000
Alexandria University, Egypt
Alexandria University, Egypt
Atlanta University, USA
Alexandria University, Egypt
Dr. Pankaj Lamba
MBBS – 1997
Diploma in
Ophthalmology – 2001
DNB – 2004
FRCS - 2004
Nagpur University, India
Aligarh Muslim University,
India
National Board of
Examinations, India
Royal College of Physicians
& Surgeons, UK
Clinical Assistant
Professor
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Basrah University, Iraq
Arab Board, Syria
College of Mustansiriya,
Iraq
Clinical Professor &
Head of the
Department
Dr. Kasturi Anil
Mummigatti
M.B.Ch.B - 1980
Arab Board for
Medical Specialization
DGO - 1988
MBBS - 1981
MD - 1986
Bangalore University, India
Clinical Associate
Professor
Dr. Shanti Therese
Fernandes
MBBS – 1998
MD - 2002
Manipal Academy of Higher
Education, India
Dr. Prashanth Hegde
MBBS – 1992
MD – 2003
Mysore University, India
All India Institute of Medical
Sciences, India
Ophthalmology
Clinical Professor &
Head of the
Department
Obstetrics & Gynecology
Name
Prof. Mawahib Abd
Salman Al Biate
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Clinical Assistant
Professor
Clinical Assistant
Professor
15 | P a g e
DNB - 2004
Dr. Malini Vijayan
MBBS – 1990
DGO – 2003
DNB - 2005
Dr. Wajiha Ajmal
MBBS – 1997
FCPS - 2005
Dr. Dipti Navanitlal Shah
MBBS – 1994
Diploma in OBG - 1997
National Board of
Examinations, India
MG University, India
Kerala University, India
National Board of
Examinations , India
University of Peshawar,
Pakistan
College of Physicians &
Surgeons, Pakistan
The Maharaja Sayajirao
University of Baroda, India
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Prof. Mahmoud Elsayed
Attia Shamseldeen
M.B.B.Ch - 1976
MSc - 1981
MD - 1985
Al Azhar University, Egypt
Clinical Professor &
Head of the
Department
Prof. Imad Oudah
Emnakher Al Sadoon
MB.Ch.B – 1976
DCH – 1983
MRCP – 1983
FRCP - 1985
University of Basrah, Iraq
The Royal College of
Physicians of London, UK
Clinical Professor
MBBS – 1991
MD - 1996
MRCPCH - 2007
Bangalore University, India
Post Graduate Institute of
Medical Education &
Research, India
Royal College of Pediatrics
& Child Health, U.K
MBBS – 2001
DCH –
DNB - 2009
University of Mumbai, India
Shivaji University, India
National Board of
Examinations, India
Clinical Lecturer
Clinical Lecturer
Clinical Tutor
Pediatrics
Name
Prof. Ignatius Edwin
D’Souza
Dr. Jenny Cheriathu
Clinical Professor
Clinical Lecturer
Faculty of Graduate Studies
Name
Prof. Gita Ashok Raj
Prof. Mohammed
Arifulla
Prof. Ishtiyaq Ahmed
Shaafie
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
MBBS – 1970
MD - 1979
MNAMS – 1981 (Morbid
Anatomy)
Shivaji University, India
All India Institute of Medical
Sciences, India
National Board of Examinations,
India
Professor & Head of
the Department of
Pathology
MSc – 1973
PhD - 1984
University of Mysore, India
University of Madras, India
MBBS – 1977
MD – 1983
Kashmir University, India
Chandigarh University, India
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Professor & Head of
the Department of
Pharmacology
Professor & Head of
the Department of
Biochemistry
16 | P a g e
Prof. Shatha Saeed
Hamed
Al Sharbathi
MBChB – 1976
DCM – 1985
MSc – 1989
PhD - 1998
Prof. Elsheba Mathew
MBBS - 1977
MD - 1986
M Phil - 1994
Prof. Joyce Jose
MBBS – 1984
MD - 1990
Prof. Mandar Vilas
Ambike
MBBS – 1989
MS - 1996
Prof. Anoop Kumar
Agarwal
Master of Veterinary
Science – 1985
PhD – 1988
Prof. Jayadevan
Sreedharan
Dr. Preetha Jayasheela
Shetty
Dr. Victor Raj Mohan
Chandrasekaran
Dr. Kartik Janak Dave
Dr. Nehmat El Banna
EP. Ziad El Banna
MSc (Statistics) – 1990
PhD (Statistics) – 2000
Diploma in Cancer
Prevention – 2002
PhD (Epidemiology) 2008
MSc – 2000
BEd – 2006
PhD - 2011
MSc – 2001
Ph.D - 2006
MBBS – 1990
MD - 1993
MBBS – 2000
MS CP - 2012
Baghdad University, Iraq
Madras University, India
Madras University, India
Mahatma Gandhi University,
India
Kerala University
Mahatma Gandhi University,
India
Shivaji University, India
Pune University, India
Professor & Head of
the Department of
Community Medicine
Professor,
Department of
Community Medicine
Professor,
Department of
Pathology
Professor & Head of
the Department of
Anatomy
Haryana Agriculture University,
India
Postgraduate Institute of
Medical Education & Research,
India
Professor of
Pharmacology
Annamalai University, India
Kerala University, India
National Cancer Institute, USA
Tampere University, Finland
Assistant Director
Statistical Support
Facility and Professor
of Biostatistics
Mangalore University, India
Bharatiya Shiksha Parishad,
India
Osmaniya University, India
Bharathiar University, India
University of Madras, India
Gujarat University, India
The Lebanese University,
Lebanon
Gulf Medical University, UAE
Assistant Professor in
Cytogenetics &
Molecular Biology
Assistant Professor of
Toxicology
Lecturer, Dept. of
Pathology
Graduate Program
Coordinator and
Demonstrator
Centre for Advanced Biomedical Research & Innovation (CABRI)
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Prof. Palat Krishna
Menon
MBBS – 1981
MD – 1989
PhD - 1996
University of Pune, India
University of Pune, India
Rajiv Gandhi University of
Health Sciences, India
Director CABRI &
Professor of Research
Dr. Tatjana Ille
MD – 1993
MSc – 1995
PhD - 1999
University of Belgrade,
Serbia
Professor of Statistics
MBBS – 2000
MD - 2008
Utkal University, India
University of Mumbai, India
Technical Scientist
CABRI & Adjunct
Lecturer
Dr. Monalisa Panda
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
17 | P a g e
General Education Faculty
English Language
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Mr. Clint Freeman
BA – 1991
MA - 2009
IOWA State University, USA
IOWA State University, USA
Adjunct Instructor
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Mr. Suraj Kochuthoppil
Sebastian
MSc (Software
Engineering) - 2010
Sathyabama University,
India
Adjunct Lecturer
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Dr. Meena Varma V K
BSc – 1988
MSc – 1990
PhD - 1997
Mahatma Gandhi
University, India
University of Kerala, India
University of Kerala, India
Adjunct Lecturer
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
BSc – 2001
MSc – 2003
BEd - 2004
Mahatma Gandhi
University, India
Adjunct Instructor
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Dr. Radhika Taroor
MPhil – 2006
PhD - 2011
Bharathiar University, India
Mother Teresa Women’s
University, India
Adjunct Assistant
Professor
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Ms. Avula Kameswari
BA – 1996
MA – 1998
BEd - 2007
Nagarjuna University, India
Adjunct Instructor
Information Technology
Physics
Mathematics
Name
Ms. Rejitha Biju
Behavioral Science
Human Behavior & Socialization
Islamic Studies
Name
Dr. Ahmed Sebihi
Qualifications
Bachelor in Theology –
1992
MA – 2008
PhD - 2011
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Conferring University
Amir Abd Al-Qadir University,
Algeria
Universiti Sains Malaysia,
Malaysia
Designation
Adjunct Instructor
18 | P a g e
Centre for Advanced Biomedical Research & Innovation (CABRI)
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Prof. Palat Krishna
Menon
MBBS – 1981
MD – 1989
PhD - 1996
University of Pune, India
University of Pune, India
Rajiv Gandhi University of
Health Sciences, India
Director CABRI &
Professor of Research
Dr. Tatjana Ille
MD – 1993
MSc – 1995
PhD - 1999
University of Belgrade,
Serbia
Professor of Statistics
MBBS – 2000
MD - 2008
Utkal University, India
University of Mumbai, India
Technical Scientist
CABRI & Adjunct
Lecturer
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Mr. Clint Freeman
BA – 1991
MA - 2009
IOWA State University, USA
IOWA State University, USA
Adjunct Instructor
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Mr. Suraj Kochuthoppil
Sebastian
MSc (Software
Engineering) - 2010
Sathyabama University,
India
Adjunct Lecturer
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Dr. Meena Varma V K
BSc – 1988
MSc – 1990
PhD - 1997
Mahatma Gandhi
University, India
University of Kerala, India
University of Kerala, India
Adjunct Lecturer
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
BSc – 2001
MSc – 2003
BEd - 2004
Mahatma Gandhi
University, India
Adjunct Instructor
Dr. Monalisa Panda
General Education Faculty
English Language
Information Technology
Physics
Mathematics
Name
Ms. Rejitha Biju
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
235 | P a g e
Behavioral Science
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Dr. Radhika Taroor
MPhil – 2006
PhD - 2011
Bharathiar University, India
Mother Teresa Women’s
University, India
Adjunct Assistant
Professor
Name
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Ms. Avula Kameswari
BA – 1996
MA – 1998
BEd - 2007
Nagarjuna University, India
Adjunct Instructor
Qualifications
Conferring University
Designation
Human Behavior & Socialization
Islamic Studies
Name
Dr. Ahmed Sebihi
Bachelor in Theology –
1992
MA – 2008
PhD - 2011
BPT Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014)
Amir Abd Al-Qadir University,
Algeria
Universiti Sains Malaysia,
Malaysia
Adjunct Instructor
236 | P a g e
www.facebook.com/gulfmedicaluniversity
FOLLOW US ON
www.youtube.com/thumbaytv
Growth Through Innovation
Learn from the world
P. O. Box: 4184, Ajman, United Arab Emirates • Tel.: +971 6 7431333 • Fax: +971 6 7431222
E-mail: [email protected] • Website: www.gmu.ac.ae • www.gmchospital.com